# footverse

bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10373" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:11">1 Peter 1:11 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Spirit of Christ was in the prophets of the Old Testament. This means that Enoch, Abraham, Jacob, Moses, Elijah, Elisha, Isaiah, Jeremiah, and all the prophets who prophesied did so by the Holy Spirit living in them. Today every believer has the Holy Spirit within him or her and everyone may prophesy. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.9" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.9&version=TPT">Rom. 8:9 u </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.12" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.12&version=TPT">1 Cor. 12 u </a> ; 14.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10374" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:12">1 Peter 1:12 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the prophets understood that their prophecies were not only for their generation but for generations to come.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10374" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:12">1 Peter 1:12 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “extenders of hope.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10374" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:12">1 Peter 1:12 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Heavenly angels are fascinated with God’s mercy shown toward us. His wise plan of making former rebels into lovers has mystified the angelic realm. The church is the University of Angels and every believer a professor. Angels long to peer into the mysteries of God’s grace, which have been lavished upon us. How much more should we be fascinated explorers of the mercy of God, for we have received it and are now redeemed. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.3.10" href="/passage/?search=Eph.3.10&version=TPT">Eph. 3:10 x </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10375" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:13">1 Peter 1:13 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We would say today, “Roll up your sleeves,” or, “Fasten your seat belt!”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10375" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:13">1 Peter 1:13 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to come out of concealment, appear, be made manifest, revealed.” Peter uses the Greek word <i>apokàlypsis,</i> which is the title of the last book in the Bible, Revelation: The Unveiling of Jesus Christ. The Aramaic can be translated “Stay alert and share the news about the joy that came to you with the revelation of Jesus the Messiah.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10378" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:16">1 Peter 1:16 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.11.44" href="/passage/?search=Lev.11.44&version=TPT">11:44 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.19.2" href="/passage/?search=Lev.19.2&version=TPT">19:2 a </a> . Everything about God is holy. True holiness includes justice, mercy, truth, and righteousness. To be holy is to be absolutely devoted to God in all that we do, demonstrating who he is to the world. Holiness surrounds God’s throne and we are seated with him in heavenly places (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.2.6" href="/passage/?search=Eph.2.6&version=TPT">Eph. 2:6 a </a> ). The Hebraic concept of holiness is “set apart”; that is, we are a people set apart for God, even as God is “set apart” from all gods. Grace has imbedded holiness into our lives, yet we are to make right choices and to yield to Christ and God’s Word as the Holy Spirit lives in us. Holiness is not merely actions we perform, but what we absorb and manifest as we live our lives in God’s presence. Christ is our holiness (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1.30" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1.30&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1:30 a </a> ).</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10379" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:17">1 Peter 1:17 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “no one will put on a face mask before him.” Believers in Jesus will not be judged for their sins, since that happened once and for all when Jesus was crucified to redeem us. We will be judged, however, for our works in order to determine the reward (or lack of reward) that God gives to those who believe in Christ. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.4" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.4&version=TPT">53:4-5 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.14.10" href="/passage/?search=Rom.14.10&version=TPT">Rom. 14:10-12 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.3.12" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.3.12&version=TPT">1 Cor. 3:12-15 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.2.24" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.2.24&version=TPT">1 Peter 2:24 b </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10379" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:17">1 Peter 1:17 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “throughout the time of your exile.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10381" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:19">1 Peter 1:19 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. 12; Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.22.20" href="/passage/?search=Lev.22.20&version=TPT">22:20-25 d </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.7" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.7&version=TPT">53:7 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.29" href="/passage/?search=John.1.29&version=TPT">John 1:29 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.4.15" href="/passage/?search=Heb.4.15&version=TPT">Heb. 4:15 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.7.26" href="/passage/?search=Heb.7.26&version=TPT">7:26–27 d </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10382" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:20">1 Peter 1:20 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “before the fall of the world.” The Greek word <i>kataboles</i> can possibly mean “lay a foundation,” or “a fall,” or “casting down.” See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.1.4" href="/passage/?search=Eph.1.4&version=TPT">Eph. 1:4 e </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10383" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:21">1 Peter 1:21 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You believe in him.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10383" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:21">1 Peter 1:21 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “and gave him glory.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10384" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:22">1 Peter 1:22 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Most later manuscripts have “through the Spirit.” It is generally recognized by scholars today that this was likely an addition to the text.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10384" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:22">1 Peter 1:22 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This verse is packed with the virtues that should be seen in the lives of believers: obedience, truth, purification of our souls, authentic (sincere) love, fervent (passionate) expressions of love, and heart purity.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10385" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:23">1 Peter 1:23 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Word of the living and enduring God.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10386" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:24">1 Peter 1:24 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “All flesh.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10386" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:24">1 Peter 1:24 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10387" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:25">1 Peter 1:25 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.40.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.40.6&version=TPT">40:6-8 m </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10387" title="Go to 1 Peter 1:25">1 Peter 1:25 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. This reveals that Jesus is the Word proclaimed to the world. See John <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.1" href="/passage/?search=John.1.1&version=TPT">1:1 n </a> . The Greek is “This is the good news announced to you.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10388" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:1">1 Peter 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “rid yourselves.” The Aramaic uses an interesting word that could be translated “oasis rest.” The thought is that we must be completely free from evil and be at rest within. Purity is an oasis rest for the people of God.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10388" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:1">1 Peter 2:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>hupokrisis</i> (the behavior of a hypocrite) can also be translated “a hypercritical attitude of pulling things apart for judgmental analysis.” The Aramaic can be translated “wearing a face mask.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10389" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:2">1 Peter 2:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “unadulterated, guileless milk.” The nourishment contained in the milk of the Word is like an antibiotic for guile. This milk contains an element that can eliminate our guile. Therefore, the Word is guileless, unadulterated milk.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10389" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:2">1 Peter 2:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied by the Greek word for “spiritual” (<i>logikos</i>), which seems to be a play on words with what Peter says in 1:23–25 concerning the living Word (<i>logos</i>) of God. The “pure spiritual milk” is the sustaining power of God’s Word coming from his very breast, as it were, to nourish and strengthen our inner being. From <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.2.3" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.2.3&version=TPT">v. 3 d </a>  we can see that this “milk” is the Lord himself dispensed to us in the Word of God. Our craving for this “milk” is not only because of necessity but of delight. He is the Seed, the Word, the Milk, the Lord, and the Living Stone.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10389" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:2">1 Peter 2:2 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “grow into salvation.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10390" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:3">1 Peter 2:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.34.8" href="/passage/?search=Ps.34.8&version=TPT">Ps. 34:8 f </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.53" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.53&version=TPT">Luke 1:53 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10391" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:4">1 Peter 2:4 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The church is built on Christ, “the Living Stone.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.118.22" href="/passage/?search=Ps.118.22&version=TPT">Ps. 118:22 g </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.28.16" href="/passage/?search=Isa.28.16&version=TPT">28:16 g </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10392" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:5">1 Peter 2:5 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To be identified as Christ’s living stones means that we are in union with him and share his nature, for he is the Living Stone.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10392" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:5">1 Peter 2:5 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “priesthood” (or “community of priests”). See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.1.6" href="/passage/?search=Rev.1.6&version=TPT">Rev. 1:6 i </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.5.10" href="/passage/?search=Rev.5.10&version=TPT">5:10 i </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.20.4" href="/passage/?search=Rev.20.4&version=TPT">20:4–6 i </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10393" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:6">1 Peter 2:6 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Mount Zion was once a Jebusite stronghold conquered by David (2 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Sam.5.6" href="/passage/?search=2Sam.5.6&version=TPT">5:6-9 j </a> ), who made it the capital for his kingdom. This is inside the walls of present-day Jerusalem. Zion is used in both the Old and New Testaments as more than a location. Zion is referred to as the place of God’s dwelling (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.9.11" href="/passage/?search=Ps.9.11&version=TPT">Pss. 9:11 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.48.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.48.1&version=TPT">48:1–2 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.74.2" href="/passage/?search=Ps.74.2&version=TPT">74:2 j </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.8.18" href="/passage/?search=Isa.8.18&version=TPT">8:18 j </a> ). God’s people are called “Zion maidens” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.11" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.11&version=TPT">Song. 3:11 j </a> ; Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.9.9" href="/passage/?search=Zech.9.9&version=TPT">9:9 j </a> ) or “people of Zion” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.12.15" href="/passage/?search=John.12.15&version=TPT">John 12:15 j </a> ). Zion is the heavenly realm where God is manifest (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.84.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.84.7&version=TPT">Pss. 84:7 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.102.16" href="/passage/?search=Ps.102.16&version=TPT">102:16 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.110.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.110.1&version=TPT">110:1–2 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.12.22" href="/passage/?search=Heb.12.22&version=TPT">Heb. 12:22 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.14.1" href="/passage/?search=Rev.14.1&version=TPT">Rev. 14:1 j </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10393" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:6">1 Peter 2:6 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “put to shame.” See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.28.16" href="/passage/?search=Isa.28.16&version=TPT">28:16 k </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10394" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:7">1 Peter 2:7 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Unto you who believe is the preciousness.” That is, all that Jesus is before the Father has now been transferred into our account. We stand before the Father in the “preciousness” of the Son. You are as precious to God as Jesus Christ is.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10394" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:7">1 Peter 2:7 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “capstone.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.118.22" href="/passage/?search=Ps.118.22&version=TPT">Ps. 118:22 m </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.21.42" href="/passage/?search=Matt.21.42&version=TPT">Matt. 21:42 m </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.12.10" href="/passage/?search=Mark.12.10&version=TPT">Mark 12:10 m </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.20.17" href="/passage/?search=Luke.20.17&version=TPT">Luke 20:17 m </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Acts.4.11&version=TPT">Acts 4:11 m </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10395" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:8">1 Peter 2:8 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a rock of scandal.” The Greek word <i>skandalon</i> means “a trap stick.” See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.8.14" href="/passage/?search=Isa.8.14&version=TPT">8:14 n </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10396" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:9">1 Peter 2:9 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is taken from Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.19.5" href="/passage/?search=Exod.19.5&version=TPT">19:5-6 o </a>  and Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.3.17" href="/passage/?search=Mal.3.17&version=TPT">3:17 o </a> . The Hebrew word is <i>ségulla</i>, which means “a special treasure” (possession). It is used to describe “guarded wealth,” indicating the placement of the king’s jewels, treasures, etc., in a safe, protected place because of their extraordinary value. God says that each believer is a priest and king, his unique and special treasure of great importance—a treasure above all other treasures. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Titus.2.14" href="/passage/?search=Titus.2.14&version=TPT">Titus 2:14 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10396" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:9">1 Peter 2:9 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The nouns are in apposition (“a group of kings, a priesthood” or “a king’s household, a priesthood”). There are other possible ways to translate this, such as “a priesthood of kings” or “a kingdom of priests.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10396" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:9">1 Peter 2:9 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.42.12" href="/passage/?search=Isa.42.12&version=TPT">42:12 q </a>  (LXX) and 43:20–21 (LXX), where it is translated as “praises” or “worship.” The Greek can also be translated “God’s excellences” (virtues) or “wonders.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10397" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:10">1 Peter 2:10 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or in Aramaic, “mercies cascade over you.” See Hos. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hos.1.6" href="/passage/?search=Hos.1.6&version=TPT">1:6 r </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hos.1.9" href="/passage/?search=Hos.1.9&version=TPT">9 r </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hos.2.23" href="/passage/?search=Hos.2.23&version=TPT">2:23 r </a> . Both Israel and the church have been divinely chosen and showered with mercy.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10398" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:11">1 Peter 2:11 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that wage war against your soul.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10399" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:12">1 Peter 2:12 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.5.16" href="/passage/?search=Matt.5.16&version=TPT">Matt. 5:16 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.18.20" href="/passage/?search=Matt.18.20&version=TPT">18:20 t </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10400" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:13">1 Peter 2:13 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “every authority instituted by men.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10400" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:13">1 Peter 2:13 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “emperor.” At the time Peter wrote this letter, the Roman emperor was the infamous Nero, known for his tyranny and corruption.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10402" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:15">1 Peter 2:15 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the unbelievers. The Aramaic makes it even more explicit: “the foolish who do not know God.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10405" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:18">1 Peter 2:18 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “slaves.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10405" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:18">1 Peter 2:18 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>hupotasso</i> means “to support, uphold, be under (authority).”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10409" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:22">1 Peter 2:22 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.9" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.9&version=TPT">53:9 z </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10410" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:23">1 Peter 2:23 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.7" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.7&version=TPT">53:7 a </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10411" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:24">1 Peter 2:24 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.4" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.4&version=TPT">53:4 b </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.12" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.12&version=TPT">12 b </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10411" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:24">1 Peter 2:24 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the tree.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10411" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:24">1 Peter 2:24 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>apoginomai</i>, a hapax legomenon, means “to die” or “die to something.” Although not the usual word for “to die,” Peter is using this metaphorically for “dying to sin.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10411" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:24">1 Peter 2:24 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This healing includes the body, soul, and emotions. It was fulfilled in two ways: first, by the healing ministry of Jesus, and second, by the blood of Christ’s wounds. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.8.16" href="/passage/?search=Matt.8.16&version=TPT">Matt. 8:16-17 e </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.5" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.5&version=TPT">53:5 e </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10412" title="Go to 1 Peter 2:25">1 Peter 2:25 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.6&version=TPT">53:6 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10413" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:1">1 Peter 3:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “defer to the authority of your husbands” (patiently accept, submit).</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10415" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:3">1 Peter 3:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “braiding of hair or gold ornaments.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10417" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:6">1 Peter 3:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “obeyed.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10417" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:6">1 Peter 3:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the wife is not inferior and should never be intimidated by her husband. The Aramaic can be translated “without being terrified by any fear.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10418" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:7">1 Peter 3:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “with intimate insight” (“realistically,” “with considerateness”). That is, with consideration of what they desire and delight in, not ignorant of their preferences.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10418" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:7">1 Peter 3:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “make a home as equals.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10418" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:7">1 Peter 3:7 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “weaker vessel,” which is a possible idiom for “weaker livelihood.” Widows and female orphans were horribly disadvantaged in the time this was written. Without an advocate, women were often oppressed by corrupt political officials. Peter instructs married men to treat their wives with respect, as those who are often disadvantaged. It is also possible to interpret this as weaker physically.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10418" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:7">1 Peter 3:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This unique New Testament phrase describes the joyous grace that husband and wife share as a married couple, as coheirs of eternal life. But there is more than a hint of the life they give birth to—that is, the wonderful grace of giving life to a child, “the divine grace of life.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10419" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:8">1 Peter 3:8 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brotherly love.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10419" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:8">1 Peter 3:8 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “suffer with those who are suffering.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10420" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:9">1 Peter 3:9 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Every believer is blessed by God. There are eight virtues found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.3.8" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.3.8&version=TPT">vv. 8–9 k </a>  that should characterize our fellowship as believers who follow Christ: (1) a sublime harmony, (2) demonstration of affectionate (brotherly) love, (3) sympathy, (4) kindness, (5) humility, (6) fervent love, (7) never retaliating evil for evil or insult for insult, and (8) speaking blessings over those who mistreat us.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10423" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:12">1 Peter 3:12 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is <i>kurios</i> (lord).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10423" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:12">1 Peter 3:12 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He sets his face against evildoers.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.34.12" href="/passage/?search=Ps.34.12&version=TPT">Ps. 34:12-16 m </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10424" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:13">1 Peter 3:13 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “do evil to you.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10424" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:13">1 Peter 3:13 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “eager to do good.” The Aramaic word used for “passionate and devoted” is a homonym that can also mean “imitators.” For this reason some Greek manuscripts have “followers/imitators of what is good.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10425" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:14">1 Peter 3:14 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are three things to remember when you suffer mistreatment or persecution for the cause of Christ: (1) The eyes of God rest upon you, <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.3.12" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.3.12&version=TPT">v. 12 p </a> ; (2) God’s heart responds to your prayers, <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.3.12" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.3.12&version=TPT">v. 12 p </a> ; (3) You will experience the blessing of God in spite of your enemies, with nothing to fear, <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.3.14" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.3.14&version=TPT">v. 14 p </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10425" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:14">1 Peter 3:14 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.8.12" href="/passage/?search=Isa.8.12&version=TPT">8:12-13 q </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10426" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:15">1 Peter 3:15 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Lord Yahweh.” This is a clear statement that Christ is the Lord Yahweh.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10426" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:15">1 Peter 3:15 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “repeatedly asks.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10427" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:16">1 Peter 3:16 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “be ashamed when they accuse you.” We cannot prevent people from slandering us, but when they do, they should be forced to lie.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10429" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:18">1 Peter 3:18 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is great variation among reliable texts of this phrase. Some have “Christ suffered,” and others read “Christ died.” The translation has included both concepts.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10429" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:18">1 Peter 3:18 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the just for the unjust.” See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.11" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.11&version=TPT">53:11-12 v </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10429" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:18">1 Peter 3:18 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “by being put to death in/by the flesh.” The passive verb (“having been put to death”) implies that this was something done to him “by flesh” (or “humanity”). The contrast is this: humanity put him on the cross, but the Spirit raised him up to life.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10430" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:19">1 Peter 3:19 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “through the [Holy] Spirit.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10430" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:19">1 Peter 3:19 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated <i>Sheol</i> (“Hades”).</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10431" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:20">1 Peter 3:20 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The early church fathers cited this passage, along with others, in the belief that Jesus “descended into hell” (e.g., the Apostles’ Creed, although the earliest versions of it do not include the words “descended into hell”). In this context, between his death and resurrection, Jesus is said to have gone into the underworld and preached (the victory of the cross) to the spirits (fallen angels) who are bound. See also Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.6.1" href="/passage/?search=Gen.6.1&version=TPT">6:1-4 z </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.2.4" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.2.4&version=TPT">2 Peter 2:4 z </a> . However, Augustine, Aquinas, and others argue that the proclamation Jesus made was through Noah by the Holy Spirit to the people of Noah’s day who were disobedient. Nearly every scholar concludes that this passage in 1 Peter is one of the most difficult in the New Testament to interpret.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10432" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:21">1 Peter 3:21 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>antitypos</i> means “a picture,” “a type,” “a symbol,” “a pattern,” or “a counterpart.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10432" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:21">1 Peter 3:21 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “by the response of a good conscience.” The word often translated “conscience” (<i>syneidesis</i>) actually means “a joint knowing,” “a virtuous co-knowledge,” or “co-perception.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10433" title="Go to 1 Peter 3:22">1 Peter 3:22 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “at the right hand of God.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10434" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:1">1 Peter 4:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and most Greek manuscripts. A few Greek manuscripts have “for us,” while some reliable Greek texts read simply “Christ suffered in his flesh.” Variants of both the Greek and Aramaic text read “Christ died for us.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10434" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:1">1 Peter 4:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>hoplisasthe,</i> a hapax legomenon, means “to arm yourself” (like a foot soldier). It is used metaphorically to describe the battle we experience for moral purity in a decadent world. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.2.11" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.2.11&version=TPT">1 Peter 2:11 b </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10434" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:1">1 Peter 4:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “attitude.” That is, learn to think like him. The Aramaic can be translated “you also are nourished by him as you mediate on these things.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10434" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:1">1 Peter 4:1 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “for the one who suffers in the flesh is done with sin.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.6.7" href="/passage/?search=Rom.6.7&version=TPT">Rom. 6:7 d </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10436" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:3">1 Peter 4:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “gentiles.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10436" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:3">1 Peter 4:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “orgies.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10436" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:3">1 Peter 4:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “idolatries.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10439" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:6">1 Peter 4:6 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to those who are dead.” Most scholars believe that this refers to those who heard the gospel and eventually suffered and died for Christ. However, some believe it is preaching to the dead (the entire human family), giving them the opportunity to believe.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10440" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:7">1 Peter 4:7 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Though the Greek uses only one word (<i>sophroneo</i>), it is best defined by the two English words <i>intentional</i> and <i>purposeful</i>.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10441" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:8">1 Peter 4:8 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek verb <i>echo</i> can also mean “to maintain,” “to possess,” “to keep,” or “to be so closely joined to something that you become its echo.” In this case, we join ourselves so closely to God’s love that we “echo” his forgiving, fervent love toward one another.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10441" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:8">1 Peter 4:8 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.10.12" href="/passage/?search=Prov.10.12&version=TPT">Prov. 10:12 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.13.4" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.13.4&version=TPT">1 Cor. 13:4-7 k </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10442" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:9">1 Peter 4:9 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and implied in the Greek, which can also be translated “Show hospitality to the stranger.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10444" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:11">1 Peter 4:11 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text is simply “If anyone speaks—as God’s words.” This would include preaching, teaching, and prophesying.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10444" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:11">1 Peter 4:11 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek can also be translated “The one who provides finances should do it with the strength of God, who supplies all things.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10444" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:11">1 Peter 4:11 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter exhorts us in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.4.7" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.4.7&version=TPT">vv. 7–11 o </a>  to do five things as we see the end drawing closer: (1) be given to prayer, (2) be devoted to loving our fellow believers, (3) be compassionate to the stranger and foreigner, (4) use spiritual gifts to serve one another, and (5) give God glory in all things.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10445" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:12">1 Peter 4:12 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “when the burning of a fiery trial is occurring among you.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10445" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:12">1 Peter 4:12 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds a clause here, “because these things are your communion in the inheritance.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10446" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:13">1 Peter 4:13 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek verb tenses can imply either present or future. There is a glory unveiled in us as we focus on Christ in our difficulties. This brings immediate joy and rejoicing when we pass through suffering. Yet the greatest joy will be as we are free from mortal pain and see the revelation of his glory throughout eternity.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10447" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:14">1 Peter 4:14 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.5.11" href="/passage/?search=Matt.5.11&version=TPT">Matt. 5:11 s </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10447" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:14">1 Peter 4:14 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts have “and of power.” The Aramaic can be translated “the [Shekinah] glory of the Spirit.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10447" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:14">1 Peter 4:14 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.11.2" href="/passage/?search=Isa.11.2&version=TPT">11:2 u </a> . A few manuscripts, deemed unreliable, add “On their part he is evil spoken of, but on your part he is glorified.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10449" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:16">1 Peter 4:16 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that you bear this name.” The word <i>Christian</i> means “anointed one.” Christ is the Anointed One, and as his followers who are joined in life union to him, we too are “anointed ones.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10451" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:18">1 Peter 4:18 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “if the righteous are harvested to salvation.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10451" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:18">1 Peter 4:18 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.11.31" href="/passage/?search=Prov.11.31&version=TPT">Prov. 11:31 x </a>  (LXX).</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10452" title="Go to 1 Peter 4:19">1 Peter 4:19 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is interesting that Peter points us to the Creator when we suffer. The faithful Creator, who keeps all things in order and feeds his creation, will never fail to be with us and supply grace and glory in all that we face.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10453" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:1">1 Peter 5:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter had already identified himself as an apostle (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.1.1" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.1.1&version=TPT">1:1 a </a> ), but now he takes a humble position equal to that of local church elder. Peter’s identification with the church elders becomes a powerful example of true spiritual leadership.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10454" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:2">1 Peter 5:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10455" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:3">1 Peter 5:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “masters of the flock” (elevated above all others).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10455" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:3">1 Peter 5:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10456" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:4">1 Peter 5:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Chief Shepherd.” The Aramaic can be translated “Lord of the shepherds.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10456" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:4">1 Peter 5:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In these few verses Peter gives us the seven qualities of true shepherds who serve as elders for the flock: (1) They understand that they serve God’s flock, not their own. (2) They lovingly guide and care for God’s people. (3) They take the responsibilities of oversight willingly. (4) They are eager to serve, not eager for financial gain. (5) They feed and nurture God’s people. (6) They reject a domineering leadership model. (7) They lead by examples of godliness and humility.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10457" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:5">1 Peter 5:5 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the Greek word <i>hupotasso</i> can be translated “submit,” it is more often used for “support.” See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.5.21" href="/passage/?search=Eph.5.21&version=TPT">Eph. 5:21 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10457" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:5">1 Peter 5:5 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.3.34" href="/passage/?search=Prov.3.34&version=TPT">Prov. 3:34 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.4.6" href="/passage/?search=Jas.4.6&version=TPT">James 4:6 h </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10458" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:6">1 Peter 5:6 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “under his mighty hands.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10459" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:7">1 Peter 5:7 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Load upon him your every anxiety, for he is always watching over you with tender care.” See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.55.22" href="/passage/?search=Ps.55.22&version=TPT">Ps. 55:22 j </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10460" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:8">1 Peter 5:8 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>antidikos</i> is a legal term for one who presses a lawsuit that must be defended.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10460" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:8">1 Peter 5:8 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The implication in the context is that if you do not bring your worries and cares to God, the devil will use depression and discouragement to devour you. Just as lions go after the feeble, the young, and the stragglers, so the enemy of our souls will always seek out those who are isolated, alone, or depressed to devour them.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10461" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:9">1 Peter 5:9 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Suffering, in part, comes from the activity of the devil. There are sufferings that must be resisted in faith, as part of an attack from our adversary.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10462" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:10">1 Peter 5:10 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “slight suffering.” When we are in the midst of suffering, we are convinced it will never end. Peter reminds us that all of our trials are slight, brief, and temporary, but the glory we experience is eternal.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10462" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:10">1 Peter 5:10 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts have “Christ Jesus.” The calling of every believer is to share in the glory of God unveiled in Christ. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.17.22" href="/passage/?search=John.17.22&version=TPT">John 17:22-24 o </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.18" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.18&version=TPT">Rom. 8:18-21 o </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.28" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.28&version=TPT">28–30 o </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.4.17" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.4.17&version=TPT">2 Cor. 4:17 o </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.2.10" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.2.10&version=TPT">2 Tim. 2:10 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10462" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:10">1 Peter 5:10 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter knows what he is talking about. After his ordeal of denying three times that he even knew Jesus, God restored him and made him strong. Jesus prophesied to Peter that he would “strengthen the faith of [his] brothers.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.22.31" href="/passage/?search=Luke.22.31&version=TPT">Luke 22:31-32 p </a> . Both of Peter’s letters are anointed by the Holy Spirit to give you strong faith that will not give up.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10463" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:11">1 Peter 5:11 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “To him belongs all the power” (to do this).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10463" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:11">1 Peter 5:11 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “May power be to him forever!” That is, all the power needed to strengthen and build up God’s people belongs to him.</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10464" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:12">1 Peter 5:12 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “through Silvanus.” This could mean that Silas (Silvanus) assisted Peter in writing this letter and/or that he was the courier who brought it to the churches. In the book of Acts, Silas was a ministry partner of Paul who accompanied him on his first and second missionary journeys (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.22" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.22&version=TPT">Acts 15:22 s </a> ) and was imprisoned with Paul in Philippi (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.16" href="/passage/?search=Acts.16&version=TPT">Acts 16 s </a> ). However, in the epistles, Silas is named Silvanus (the Latin form of Silas). It is believed that Silas was one of the seventy disciples Jesus sent out and that he became the bishop of Thessalonica and was eventually martyred for his faith. The name Silas is the Greek form of the Aramaic name Saili (Saul).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10464" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:12">1 Peter 5:12 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds a clause, “by which you have been resurrected.”</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10465" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:13">1 Peter 5:13 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Your true sister in Babylon.” This is a literal reference to the church of Babylon, according to the Aramaic. Since the Greek feminine pronoun is used here, many scholars have concluded that this is an allusion to the church, although some believe it could have been a reference to Peter’s wife. Furthermore, Babylon may be a metaphor for the Roman Empire or even the city of Rome.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10465" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:13">1 Peter 5:13 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A possible reference to one of Peter’s spiritual disciples, his spiritual “son” is most likely John Mark, a relative of Barnabas (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.4.10" href="/passage/?search=Col.4.10&version=TPT">Col. 4:10 v </a> ), who was the author of the Gospel that bears his name. Many believe that Peter was the literary source for much of Mark’s Gospel. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.12.25" href="/passage/?search=Acts.12.25&version=TPT">Acts 12:25-14:25 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.36" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.36&version=TPT">15:36 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.18.22" href="/passage/?search=Acts.18.22&version=TPT">18:22 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Tim.4.11" href="/passage/?search=2Tim.4.11&version=TPT">2 Tim. 4:11 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phlm.1.24" href="/passage/?search=Phlm.1.24&version=TPT">Philem. 24 v </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10466" title="Go to 1 Peter 5:14">1 Peter 5:14 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.16.16" href="/passage/?search=Rom.16.16&version=TPT">Rom. 16:16 w </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Thess.5.26" href="/passage/?search=1Thess.5.26&version=TPT">1 Thess. 5:26 w </a> .</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10467" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:1">2 Peter 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Simon,” the Greek form of the Hebrew-Aramaic name Simeon. Simeon means “he who hears.” Peter (the Rock) was the nickname given to him by Jesus; Simeon was his real name.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10467" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:1">2 Peter 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “bond-servant.” From a Hebraic mind-set, this would imply a choice of remaining a servant even when freedom was offered. Thus, “a <i>loving</i> servant.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10467" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:1">2 Peter 1:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Even our faith has been given to us from a loving Father. Because our faith is equally precious as that of the apostles, we share an equal standing in the privileges and blessings of the kingdom realm of God.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10467" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:1">2 Peter 1:1 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In his opening verse, Peter points us to the deity of Jesus Christ—“God and Savior, Jesus Christ”—referring to one person. Some have described Peter’s words to be the most clear and direct testimony to the truth of Christ’s equality with God.</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10468" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:2">2 Peter 1:2 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “May grace and peace be multiplied to you.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10469" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:3">2 Peter 1:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is possible that this is a hendiadys, which would then mean “a life of godliness” (complete devotion). Everything we need to reflect God’s true nature has already been given to us. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.1.3" href="/passage/?search=Eph.1.3&version=TPT">Eph. 1:3 f </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10469" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:3">2 Peter 1:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “called us by his glory and goodness.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10470" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:4">2 Peter 1:4 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is plural, “us.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10470" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:4">2 Peter 1:4 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek sentence that extends from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.1.3" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.1.3&version=TPT">vv. 3–5 i </a>  is somewhat ambiguous. It could also be read as “Through a glorious manifestation of his goodness he has imparted to us his magnificent promises.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10470" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:4">2 Peter 1:4 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, by claiming these tremendous promises as our very own. Faith always releases the power of the Word of God.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10470" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:4">2 Peter 1:4 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>koinonos</i> means “to participate as a partner, to partake of, to be a companion with, to have fellowship with” the divine nature. This is one of the great mysteries of our faith, that God shares his nature with us. We are given birth by the Holy Spirit to be God’s true sons and daughters, and every father imparts his DNA and his “nature” to his children. The Greek word <i>physis</i> (nature) is taken from the word <i>phyo,</i> which means “to give birth, produce, bring forth, or to grow up.” Christ lives in us and transforms us into his very own likeness. In Christ we share with him the divine nature. We will all bear the image of the Man from heaven, Jesus Christ. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.9" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.9&version=TPT">Rom. 8:9-25 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.15.12" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.15.12&version=TPT">1 Cor. 15:12-57 k </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10470" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:4">2 Peter 1:4 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>apopheugo</i> also carries the connotation of being “acquitted.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10471" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:5">2 Peter 1:5 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “by having added your intense effort.” The Aramaic can be translated “by being under the weight of all these gifts.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10471" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:5">2 Peter 1:5 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>epichoregeo</i> means “to fully support the chorus” or “to completely choreograph.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10471" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:5">2 Peter 1:5 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “integrity, virtues of courage, nobleness, and moral valor.”</span>


bookid: 2Pet
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10472" title="Go to 2 Peter 1:6">2 Peter 1:6 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “reverence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2580" title="Go to Proverbs 10:2">Proverbs 10:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the treasures of wickedness.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2580" title="Go to Proverbs 10:2">Proverbs 10:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Righteousness [honesty] delivers you from death.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2581" title="Go to Proverbs 10:3">Proverbs 10:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “satisfies the souls of the righteous.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2581" title="Go to Proverbs 10:3">Proverbs 10:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “The property of the evil he demolishes.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2583" title="Go to Proverbs 10:5">Proverbs 10:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “To gather in the summer is to be a wise son, but to sleep through the harvest is a disgrace.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2584" title="Go to Proverbs 10:6">Proverbs 10:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is ambiguous and is literally translated “The mouth of the wicked covers violence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2585" title="Go to Proverbs 10:7">Proverbs 10:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Hebrew manuscripts and the Aramaic read “The name of the wicked will be extinguished.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2587" title="Go to Proverbs 10:9">Proverbs 10:9 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “innocence.” The Aramaic is “He who walks in perfection walks in hope.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2588" title="Go to Proverbs 10:10">Proverbs 10:10 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “The babbling fool comes to ruin.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2589" title="Go to Proverbs 10:11">Proverbs 10:11 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “hide violence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2590" title="Go to Proverbs 10:12">Proverbs 10:12 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Hatred stirs up judgment.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2590" title="Go to Proverbs 10:12">Proverbs 10:12 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Love will cover up offenses against us, but never our own offenses.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2592" title="Go to Proverbs 10:14">Proverbs 10:14 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Those who are wise store up knowledge (like treasure).”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2593" title="Go to Proverbs 10:15">Proverbs 10:15 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “his fortified city.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2594" title="Go to Proverbs 10:16">Proverbs 10:16 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “their harvest of wickedness.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2595" title="Go to Proverbs 10:17">Proverbs 10:17 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is even more blunt: “Reject rebuke and you’re a moron!”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2598" title="Go to Proverbs 10:20">Proverbs 10:20 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The tongue of the just is like choice silver.” Silver is a metaphor for redemption.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2599" title="Go to Proverbs 10:21">Proverbs 10:21 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “The lips of the righteous multiply mercy.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2600" title="Go to Proverbs 10:22">Proverbs 10:22 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “with no labor or sorrow attached.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2601" title="Go to Proverbs 10:23">Proverbs 10:23 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word translated “fool” means “moron” in the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2602" title="Go to Proverbs 10:24">Proverbs 10:24 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This speaks of the consequences of sin. There is a judge who sees all that we do and will call us to account one day.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2607" title="Go to Proverbs 10:29">Proverbs 10:29 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “The way of Jehovah is power to the perfect.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2608" title="Go to Proverbs 10:30">Proverbs 10:30 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “land.” This is metaphor for all of the covenantal blessings.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2611" title="Go to Proverbs 11:1">Proverbs 11:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase here literally means “scales of deception [false balances].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2611" title="Go to Proverbs 11:1">Proverbs 11:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase here literally means “a perfect stone.” Stones were used as the legitimate weights of balance. Jesus is the perfect stone. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.2.17" href="/passage/?search=Rev.2.17&version=TPT">Rev. 2:17 b </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2618" title="Go to Proverbs 11:8">Proverbs 11:8 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Haman is a classic example of this principle. See Est. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Esth.7.10" href="/passage/?search=Esth.7.10&version=TPT">7:10 c </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Esth.9.24" href="/passage/?search=Esth.9.24&version=TPT">9:24-25 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2619" title="Go to Proverbs 11:9">Proverbs 11:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The righteous will be strengthened.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2620" title="Go to Proverbs 11:10">Proverbs 11:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2621" title="Go to Proverbs 11:11">Proverbs 11:11 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus describes the church as a city. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.5.14" href="/passage/?search=Matt.5.14&version=TPT">Matt. 5:14 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2622" title="Go to Proverbs 11:12">Proverbs 11:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “To disparage your neighbor is being heartless.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2625" title="Go to Proverbs 11:15">Proverbs 11:15 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the Septuagint. There is a vast difference between this and the Hebrew text, which reads “You’ll be ruined if you cosign for a stranger, and a hater of handshakes will be safe.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2626" title="Go to Proverbs 11:16">Proverbs 11:16 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “glorious.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2626" title="Go to Proverbs 11:16">Proverbs 11:16 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the older Aramaic and Septuagint texts, but is not included in newer Hebrew manuscripts. There is an additional line added by the Aramaic and the Septuagint: “The lazy will lack, but the diligent support themselves financially.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2626" title="Go to Proverbs 11:16">Proverbs 11:16 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “The diligent obtain wealth.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2627" title="Go to Proverbs 11:17">Proverbs 11:17 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text indicates this trouble could be physical, related to one’s health.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2628" title="Go to Proverbs 11:18">Proverbs 11:18 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “wages of deception.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2629" title="Go to Proverbs 11:19">Proverbs 11:19 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from one Hebrew manuscript, the Aramaic, and the Septuagint. Most Hebrew manuscripts have “the one who pursues righteousness.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2630" title="Go to Proverbs 11:20">Proverbs 11:20 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “wholehearted.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2631" title="Go to Proverbs 11:21">Proverbs 11:21 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the Targum (Hebrew-Aramaic commentary).</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2635" title="Go to Proverbs 11:25">Proverbs 11:25 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase here literally means “The soul of blessing will grow fat.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2636" title="Go to Proverbs 11:26">Proverbs 11:26 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase here literally means “The one who withholds produce will be cursed, but blessing will be on the head of the one who sells it.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2640" title="Go to Proverbs 11:30">Proverbs 11:30 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew. The Aramaic and the Septuagint read “The souls of violent ones will be removed.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2641" title="Go to Proverbs 11:31">Proverbs 11:31 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.4.18" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.4.18&version=TPT">1 Peter 4:18 t </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2642" title="Go to Proverbs 12:1">Proverbs 12:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are times when even the wise need correction, but they will appreciate its value.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2645" title="Go to Proverbs 12:4">Proverbs 12:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is an amazing Hebrew word used here. It is more commonly used to describe warriors, champions, and mighty ones. Many translations read “an excellent wife.” But the meaning of the Hebrew word <i>chayil</i> is better translated “an army that is wealthy, strong, mighty, powerful, with substance, valiant, virtuous, or worthy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2645" title="Go to Proverbs 12:4">Proverbs 12:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “An excellent wife is the crown of her husband.” By implication, her dignity makes him a king.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2645" title="Go to Proverbs 12:4">Proverbs 12:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “She is like cancer in his bones.” Bones are a metaphor for inner strength, our inner being or identity.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2647" title="Go to Proverbs 12:6">Proverbs 12:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “lie in wait for blood.” This is a figure of speech for accusation.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2653" title="Go to Proverbs 12:12">Proverbs 12:12 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “Thieves crave the loot of other thieves.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2653" title="Go to Proverbs 12:12">Proverbs 12:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The meaning of the Hebrew text of verse 12 is uncertain.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2654" title="Go to Proverbs 12:13">Proverbs 12:13 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is simply “sinful words,” which implies gossip, slander, and lies.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2657" title="Go to Proverbs 12:16">Proverbs 12:16 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A shrewd man conceals his shame.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2661" title="Go to Proverbs 12:20">Proverbs 12:20 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “counselors of peace.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2665" title="Go to Proverbs 12:24">Proverbs 12:24 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word for “reign” (<i>mashal</i>) is the title of the book: Proverbs. See introduction and the footnote on 1:1.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2666" title="Go to Proverbs 12:25">Proverbs 12:25 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This insightful proverb can also be translated “Stop worrying! Think instead of what brings you gladness.” Our focus must never be on what we can’t change but on the everlasting joy we have in Christ. Sometimes we have to find the life-giving word of encouragement rising up in our own hearts. This is the secret of finding perpetual encouragement by the Word that lives in us.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2667" title="Go to Proverbs 12:26">Proverbs 12:26 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from older Aramaic manuscripts. The Hebrew is uncertain.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2668" title="Go to Proverbs 12:27">Proverbs 12:27 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text, paraphrased from an uncertain Hebrew phrase. An alternate translation would be “A lazy person won’t get to roast the game he caught, but the wealth of a diligent person is precious.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2669" title="Go to Proverbs 12:28">Proverbs 12:28 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint and the Aramaic. The Hebrew is uncertain.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2674" title="Go to Proverbs 13:5">Proverbs 13:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word used here literally means “to cause a stink” or “to emit an odor.” This is a figure of speech for what is shameful.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2676" title="Go to Proverbs 13:7">Proverbs 13:7 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is never godly to be a phony. It’s always better to be who you are and avoid pretense.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2677" title="Go to Proverbs 13:8">Proverbs 13:8 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “The salvation of the soul is a man’s true wealth.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2680" title="Go to Proverbs 13:11">Proverbs 13:11 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Wealth gained by fraud will dwindle.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2681" title="Go to Proverbs 13:12">Proverbs 13:12 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “It is a tree of life.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2684" title="Go to Proverbs 13:15">Proverbs 13:15 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the Septuagint. The Hebrew is uncertain.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2685" title="Go to Proverbs 13:16">Proverbs 13:16 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A wise person thinks ahead.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2685" title="Go to Proverbs 13:16">Proverbs 13:16 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The implication is that the fool is unable to finish anything he begins.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2686" title="Go to Proverbs 13:17">Proverbs 13:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>God’s sons and daughters are peacemakers, healers, and faithful deliverers for others.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2687" title="Go to Proverbs 13:18">Proverbs 13:18 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew. The Septuagint is “Instruction removes poverty and disgrace.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2688" title="Go to Proverbs 13:19">Proverbs 13:19 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied by the Hebrew parallelism of the text.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2692" title="Go to Proverbs 13:23">Proverbs 13:23 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “In the fallow ground of the poor there is abundance of food, but injustice sweeps it away.” The Aramaic is “Those who don’t find the way of life destroy many years of wealth and some are utterly destroyed.” There is a vast difference in the three translations. The translator has chosen to follow the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2693" title="Go to Proverbs 13:24">Proverbs 13:24 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sparing the rod.” Corporal punishment was common in premodern societies.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2693" title="Go to Proverbs 13:24">Proverbs 13:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The one who spares the rod hates his child.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2701" title="Go to Proverbs 14:7">Proverbs 14:7 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2703" title="Go to Proverbs 14:9">Proverbs 14:9 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Fools mock guilt [or guilt offering].” The Septuagint is “The house of the transgressor owes purification.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2708" title="Go to Proverbs 14:14">Proverbs 14:14 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from Hebrew manuscripts. The Aramaic is “A good man will be filled from the awe of his soul.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2711" title="Go to Proverbs 14:17">Proverbs 14:17 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Hebrew is “And a crafty schemer is hated.” The Greek Septuagint is “A sensible man bears up under many things.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2713" title="Go to Proverbs 14:19">Proverbs 14:19 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase literally means “They will come [or bow] at the gates of the righteous.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2715" title="Go to Proverbs 14:21">Proverbs 14:21 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the Hebrew parallelism. The Hebrew phrase here literally means “your neighbor.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2716" title="Go to Proverbs 14:22">Proverbs 14:22 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Both the Aramaic and the Septuagint insert a verse here that is not found in the Hebrew: “The followers of evil don’t understand mercy and faith, but you’ll find kindness and faith with those who do good.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2717" title="Go to Proverbs 14:23">Proverbs 14:23 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2717" title="Go to Proverbs 14:23">Proverbs 14:23 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is an additional verse found here in the Aramaic that is missing from the Hebrew text: “The Lord Jehovah heals every sickness, but evil speaking makes you sick [harms you].”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2718" title="Go to Proverbs 14:24">Proverbs 14:24 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the crown of the wise.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2718" title="Go to Proverbs 14:24">Proverbs 14:24 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word translated here as “foolishness” can also mean “insanity.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2720" title="Go to Proverbs 14:26">Proverbs 14:26 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To live as a passionate lover of God will bring benefit even to your children.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2721" title="Go to Proverbs 14:27">Proverbs 14:27 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “empowering you to turn from the deadly snares.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2724" title="Go to Proverbs 14:30">Proverbs 14:30 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A heart of healing is the life of the flesh.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2725" title="Go to Proverbs 14:31">Proverbs 14:31 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “slander the poor.” Every human being is made in God’s image, including the poor.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2726" title="Go to Proverbs 14:32">Proverbs 14:32 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Our strong hope is that our lives will continue in the presence of God in the resurrection glory. Both the Septuagint and the Aramaic read quite differently: “But the one who trusts in his integrity is righteous.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2729" title="Go to Proverbs 14:35">Proverbs 14:35 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew. The Septuagint reads “And by his good behavior shame is removed.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2730" title="Go to Proverbs 15:1">Proverbs 15:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “painful words.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2730" title="Go to Proverbs 15:1">Proverbs 15:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is found only in the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2731" title="Go to Proverbs 15:2">Proverbs 15:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads “The mouths of fools vomit a curse.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2732" title="Go to Proverbs 15:3">Proverbs 15:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The eyes of the Lord can also be a metaphor for his prophets.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2733" title="Go to Proverbs 15:4">Proverbs 15:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Perverse words are the crushing of the spirit.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2734" title="Go to Proverbs 15:5">Proverbs 15:5 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint adds a verse that is not found in the Hebrew: “In great righteousness there is great strength. But the ungodly will one day perish from the earth.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2735" title="Go to Proverbs 15:6">Proverbs 15:6 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint and the Aramaic. The Hebrew changes the concept of power to prosperity. Both concepts are valid.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2736" title="Go to Proverbs 15:7">Proverbs 15:7 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “is scattered like seed.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2737" title="Go to Proverbs 15:8">Proverbs 15:8 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the sacrifice of the wicked”; that is, worshiping God with a wicked heart, only to hide sin. Our yielded hearts must be the sacrifice we offer to God.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2738" title="Go to Proverbs 15:9">Proverbs 15:9 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads “He shows mercy to the one who practices righteousness.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2741" title="Go to Proverbs 15:12">Proverbs 15:12 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Another way to say this is “The one who hates authority has no love for being taught.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2743" title="Go to Proverbs 15:14">Proverbs 15:14 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the upright” (Aramaic).</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2744" title="Go to Proverbs 15:15">Proverbs 15:15 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint reads quite differently: “And the good (heart) is always calm.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2746" title="Go to Proverbs 15:17">Proverbs 15:17 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Better to have a meal of vegetables surrounded with love and grace than a fattened ox where there is hatred.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2748" title="Go to Proverbs 15:19">Proverbs 15:19 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The way is blocked with thorns.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2749" title="Go to Proverbs 15:20">Proverbs 15:20 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “despises.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2754" title="Go to Proverbs 15:25">Proverbs 15:25 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The Lord maintains the boundaries of the widow.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2755" title="Go to Proverbs 15:26">Proverbs 15:26 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the thoughts of the wicked.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2759" title="Go to Proverbs 15:30">Proverbs 15:30 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “The light of the eyes brings joy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2759" title="Go to Proverbs 15:30">Proverbs 15:30 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew here literally means “makes fat your bones.” Bones picture our inner being.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2762" title="Go to Proverbs 15:33">Proverbs 15:33 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Before honor is humility.” The Hebrew uses the word <i>kabod</i>, which is translated as “glory” 156 times in the Old Testament..</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2763" title="Go to Proverbs 16:1">Proverbs 16:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew and Aramaic read “The Lord gives the right reply.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2764" title="Go to Proverbs 16:2">Proverbs 16:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in the midst of spirits.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2765" title="Go to Proverbs 16:3">Proverbs 16:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Commit your business to God.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2766" title="Go to Proverbs 16:4">Proverbs 16:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “for its answer.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2773" title="Go to Proverbs 16:11">Proverbs 16:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Honesty with scales and balances is the way of the Lord, for all the stones in the bag are established by him.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2776" title="Go to Proverbs 16:14">Proverbs 16:14 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See 1 Kings <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Kgs.2.25" href="/passage/?search=1Kgs.2.25&version=TPT">2:25 f </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Kgs.2.29" href="/passage/?search=1Kgs.2.29&version=TPT">29-34 f </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Kgs.2.46" href="/passage/?search=1Kgs.2.46&version=TPT">46 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2777" title="Go to Proverbs 16:15">Proverbs 16:15 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint reads “The king’s son is in the light of life.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2778" title="Go to Proverbs 16:16">Proverbs 16:16 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “nests of wisdom.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2779" title="Go to Proverbs 16:17">Proverbs 16:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are two proverbs inserted here in the Septuagint that are not found in the Hebrew or Aramaic: “Receive instruction and you’ll be prosperous; he who listens to correction shall be made wise.” “He who guards his ways preserves his own soul; he who loves his life will watch his words.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2780" title="Go to Proverbs 16:18">Proverbs 16:18 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “overconfidence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2786" title="Go to Proverbs 16:24">Proverbs 16:24 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “healing to the bones.” Bones are a metaphor for our inner being.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2787" title="Go to Proverbs 16:25">Proverbs 16:25 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “the ways of death.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2788" title="Go to Proverbs 16:26">Proverbs 16:26 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The meaning of the Hebrew in this verse is uncertain.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2793" title="Go to Proverbs 16:31">Proverbs 16:31 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Gray hair is a crown of splendor.” In the Hebrew culture the old were honored above all, especially if they acquired wisdom. See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.19.32" href="/passage/?search=Lev.19.32&version=TPT">19:32 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2794" title="Go to Proverbs 16:32">Proverbs 16:32 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “It’s better to be forgiving than strong.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2795" title="Go to Proverbs 16:33">Proverbs 16:33 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Into the center the lot is cast and from Jehovah is all its judgment.” The casting of lots was a common form of divination in the premodern societies.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2801" title="Go to Proverbs 17:6">Proverbs 17:6 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “fathers.” There is an additional verse inserted here that is found in the Septuagint: “A whole world of riches belongs to the faithful, but the unfaithful don’t get even a cent.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2802" title="Go to Proverbs 17:7">Proverbs 17:7 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Two absurd things are: to find a fool in leadership and to have a leader in foolishness.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2803" title="Go to Proverbs 17:8">Proverbs 17:8 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“Instruction” is taken from the Aramaic and the Septuagint. The Hebrew reads “bribe.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2806" title="Go to Proverbs 17:11">Proverbs 17:11 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “merciless angels.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2806" title="Go to Proverbs 17:11">Proverbs 17:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This could mean an evil spirit, or calamities and sorrows.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2808" title="Go to Proverbs 17:13">Proverbs 17:13 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Evil will haunt his house.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2809" title="Go to Proverbs 17:14">Proverbs 17:14 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic for this verse reads “To shed blood provokes the judgment of a ruler.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2814" title="Go to Proverbs 17:19">Proverbs 17:19 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “he who builds a high gate.” The gate becomes a picture of the mouth. This is a figure of speech for proud boasting.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2815" title="Go to Proverbs 17:20">Proverbs 17:20 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “can expect calamity.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2823" title="Go to Proverbs 17:28">Proverbs 17:28 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “when an unthinking man asks a question.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2824" title="Go to Proverbs 18:1">Proverbs 18:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are alternate possible translations of this verse in the Hebrew-Aramaic; for example, “An idle man meditates on his lusts and mocks wise instruction.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2827" title="Go to Proverbs 18:4">Proverbs 18:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “words that touch the heart.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2829" title="Go to Proverbs 18:6">Proverbs 18:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “His rash words call for death.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2831" title="Go to Proverbs 18:8">Proverbs 18:8 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Scholars are somewhat uncertain about an exact translation of this phrase. The Aramaic is “The words of a lazy man lead him to fear and evil.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2833" title="Go to Proverbs 18:10">Proverbs 18:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word <i>migdal</i>, translated as “tower of strength,” is a homonym that can also be translated “bed of flowers.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2834" title="Go to Proverbs 18:11">Proverbs 18:11 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “The wealth of the rich is a strong city, and its glory casts a broad shadow.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2837" title="Go to Proverbs 18:14">Proverbs 18:14 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “A wise servant can calm a man’s anger.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2840" title="Go to Proverbs 18:17">Proverbs 18:17 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The text implies that a legal testimony in a courtroom may seem to be correct until cross-examination begins.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2841" title="Go to Proverbs 18:18">Proverbs 18:18 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is “casting lots.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2842" title="Go to Proverbs 18:19">Proverbs 18:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A brother supported by a brother is like a high, strong city. They hold each other up like the bars of a fortress.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2843" title="Go to Proverbs 18:20">Proverbs 18:20 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A man’s belly is filled with the fruits of his mouth, and by the harvest of his lips he will be satisfied.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2845" title="Go to Proverbs 18:22">Proverbs 18:22 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The reference to divorce is not found in the Hebrew text but is included in both the Aramaic and the Septuagint.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2845" title="Go to Proverbs 18:22">Proverbs 18:22 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is not included in the Hebrew or Aramaic but is found in the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2847" title="Go to Proverbs 18:24">Proverbs 18:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A man with too many friends may be broken to pieces.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2847" title="Go to Proverbs 18:24">Proverbs 18:24 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word used here can be translated “joined together,” “stick close,” “to cleave,” “to pursue,” or “to overtake.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2849" title="Go to Proverbs 19:2">Proverbs 19:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sin.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2854" title="Go to Proverbs 19:7">Proverbs 19:7 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic and the Septuagint add a sentence not found in the Hebrew: “The one who is malicious with his words is not to be trusted.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2858" title="Go to Proverbs 19:11">Proverbs 19:11 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word translated “mercy” (merciful) here is found only in the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2861" title="Go to Proverbs 19:14">Proverbs 19:14 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “prudent” or “understanding” wife.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2866" title="Go to Proverbs 19:19">Proverbs 19:19 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is an implication in the Hebrew that he will get into legal trouble. An alternate translation of this verse could be “An evil-minded man will be injured; if you rescue him, his anger will only intensify.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2870" title="Go to Proverbs 19:23">Proverbs 19:23 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You will not be remembered for evil.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2871" title="Go to Proverbs 19:24">Proverbs 19:24 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The lazy man buries his fork in his plate and won’t even lift it to his mouth.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2874" title="Go to Proverbs 19:27">Proverbs 19:27 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Stop listening to instruction that contradicts what you know is truth.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2875" title="Go to Proverbs 19:28">Proverbs 19:28 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The heart of the wicked feeds on evil.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2879" title="Go to Proverbs 20:3">Proverbs 20:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “It is the glory of a man.” It’s better to keep a friend than to win a fight.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2880" title="Go to Proverbs 20:4">Proverbs 20:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic and the Septuagint read “Rebuke a lazy man and he still has no shame, yet watch him go beg at harvest time.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2882" title="Go to Proverbs 20:6">Proverbs 20:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A compassionate man is hard to find, but it’s even harder to find one who is faithful.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2885" title="Go to Proverbs 20:9">Proverbs 20:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated “clean” can also mean “perfect” or “holy.” The word translated “pure” can also mean “clear, bright, shining, unmixed.” Through God’s grace, by the blood of Jesus, believers have been purified, made holy, and set free from our sins.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2889" title="Go to Proverbs 20:13">Proverbs 20:13 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint reads “Don’t love speaking evil.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2892" title="Go to Proverbs 20:16">Proverbs 20:16 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts have “a promiscuous woman.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2893" title="Go to Proverbs 20:17">Proverbs 20:17 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The bread of falsehood may taste sweet at first, but afterward you’ll have a mouth full of gravel.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2895" title="Go to Proverbs 20:19">Proverbs 20:19 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds a line: “One who is faithful in spirit hides a matter.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2899" title="Go to Proverbs 20:23">Proverbs 20:23 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The Lord hates differing weights, and dishonest scales are wicked.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2900" title="Go to Proverbs 20:24">Proverbs 20:24 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads “So what man is capable of ordering his way?”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2902" title="Go to Proverbs 20:26">Proverbs 20:26 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A wise king winnows the wicked and turns his chariot wheel over them.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2903" title="Go to Proverbs 20:27">Proverbs 20:27 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied by the Hebrew word <i>nishmat,</i> used in Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Gen.2.7&version=TPT">2:7 l </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2904" title="Go to Proverbs 20:28">Proverbs 20:28 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a king’s throne.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2905" title="Go to Proverbs 20:29">Proverbs 20:29 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “their gray hair.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2907" title="Go to Proverbs 21:1">Proverbs 21:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Don’t forget, we have been made kings and priests by the blood of the Lamb. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.2.9" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.2.9&version=TPT">1 Peter 2:9 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.1.6" href="/passage/?search=Rev.1.6&version=TPT">Rev. 1:6 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.5.10" href="/passage/?search=Rev.5.10&version=TPT">5:10 a </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2907" title="Go to Proverbs 21:1">Proverbs 21:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Because a leader’s decisions affect so many people, God will intervene and steer them as a farmer steers the course of a stream to irrigate his fields.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2910" title="Go to Proverbs 21:4">Proverbs 21:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the tillage of the wicked.” The Aramaic and the Septuagint has “the lamp of the wicked.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2911" title="Go to Proverbs 21:5">Proverbs 21:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “The thoughts of the chosen one are trusting, but those of the evil one lead to poverty.” This verse is missing from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2912" title="Go to Proverbs 21:6">Proverbs 21:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the Septuagint. The Hebrew is “The money will vanish into thin air.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2915" title="Go to Proverbs 21:9">Proverbs 21:9 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint reads “It’s better to live in the corner of an attic than in a large home plastered with unrighteousness.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2916" title="Go to Proverbs 21:10">Proverbs 21:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is “They show no mercy,” while the Septuagint reads “They’ll receive no mercy.” The translator has chosen to merge both concepts.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2918" title="Go to Proverbs 21:12">Proverbs 21:12 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is “a righteous one,” which can also speak of God, “the Righteous One.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2918" title="Go to Proverbs 21:12">Proverbs 21:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. There are many examples of this in the Bible: Daniel in Babylon, Joseph in Egypt, and the follower of Jesus today who is living among unbelievers.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2920" title="Go to Proverbs 21:14">Proverbs 21:14 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic and Septuagint translate this “He who withholds a gift arouses anger.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2922" title="Go to Proverbs 21:16">Proverbs 21:16 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the congregation of the Rephaim.” The Rephaim were a pagan tribe of giants and have been equated with spirits of darkness. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.14.5" href="/passage/?search=Gen.14.5&version=TPT">14:5 k </a>  and Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.2.11" href="/passage/?search=Deut.2.11&version=TPT">2:11 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2923" title="Go to Proverbs 21:17">Proverbs 21:17 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the lover of wine and oil.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2924" title="Go to Proverbs 21:18">Proverbs 21:18 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The evil become the ransom payment for the righteous and the faithless for the upright.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2926" title="Go to Proverbs 21:20">Proverbs 21:20 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word for “oil” is an emblem of the Holy Spirit.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2926" title="Go to Proverbs 21:20">Proverbs 21:20 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a fool of a man.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2927" title="Go to Proverbs 21:21">Proverbs 21:21 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “righteousness.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2928" title="Go to Proverbs 21:22">Proverbs 21:22 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “demolishing their strength of confidence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2930" title="Go to Proverbs 21:24">Proverbs 21:24 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint adds a line: “He who holds a grudge is a sinner.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2931" title="Go to Proverbs 21:25">Proverbs 21:25 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is implied in the context and is necessary to complete the meaning of the proverb. The last line of this verse reads in the Septuagint “The righteous lavish on others mercy and compassion.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2936" title="Go to Proverbs 21:31">Proverbs 21:31 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The horse is prepared for the battle.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2937" title="Go to Proverbs 22:1">Proverbs 22:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is simply “name preferred to wealth.” The Aramaic indicates it could be “the name [of God].”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2937" title="Go to Proverbs 22:1">Proverbs 22:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “silver and gold.” Remember, it is Solomon, one of the richest men to ever live, who penned these words.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2939" title="Go to Proverbs 22:3">Proverbs 22:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Wise people solve problems before they happen.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2941" title="Go to Proverbs 22:5">Proverbs 22:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “thorns and snares.” This becomes a metaphor of demonic curses and troubles. Thorns are associated with the fall of Adam. Jesus wore a crown of thorns and took away our curse. The snares picture the temptations of evil that the Devil places in our path.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2942" title="Go to Proverbs 22:6">Proverbs 22:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Train them in the direction they are best suited to go.” Some Jewish scholars teach this means understanding your children’s talents and then seeing that they go into that field.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2943" title="Go to Proverbs 22:7">Proverbs 22:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint reads “The servant will lend to his own master.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2944" title="Go to Proverbs 22:8">Proverbs 22:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2945" title="Go to Proverbs 22:9">Proverbs 22:9 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated as “generous” here actually means “to have a bountiful eye.” It is a figure of speech for generosity, a life of helping others.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2946" title="Go to Proverbs 22:10">Proverbs 22:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2947" title="Go to Proverbs 22:11">Proverbs 22:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. Followers of Jesus enjoy a relationship with our holy King as we live in the light and love to please him.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2948" title="Go to Proverbs 22:12">Proverbs 22:12 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the eyes of the Lord.” In the church today, prophets become eyes in the body of Christ. They see and reveal God’s heart for his people.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2948" title="Go to Proverbs 22:12">Proverbs 22:12 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the concept of a reservoir is not found in the Hebrew, it is added by the translator for poetic nuance.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2949" title="Go to Proverbs 22:13">Proverbs 22:13 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This humorous verse uses both satire and a metaphor. There’s always an excuse for not working hard. The Aramaic text adds “and a murderer too!”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2951" title="Go to Proverbs 22:15">Proverbs 22:15 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word used here means “senseless.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2952" title="Go to Proverbs 22:16">Proverbs 22:16 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is literally “Oppressing the poor is gain; giving to the rich is loss. Both end up only in poverty.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2953" title="Go to Proverbs 22:17">Proverbs 22:17 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>From this verse to 24:22 we have a collection of proverbs that lead to virtue. They are especially designed for the young person about to enter a career and start a family.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2956" title="Go to Proverbs 22:20">Proverbs 22:20 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. Most translators find this verse difficult to convey. The Hebrew can be “I have written excellent things,” “I have written three times,” “I write thirty sayings [proverbs],” “I have written you previously,” or “I have written you generals.” The Septuagint reads “You should copy these things three times.” If the Proverbs contain keys to understanding riddles and mysteries (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.1.2" href="/passage/?search=Prov.1.2&version=TPT">Prov. 1:2-6 q </a> ), then we have one of those keys given to us here. God speaks in threes, for he is a triune God. We have a body, soul, and spirit. God lived in a three-room house (outer court, holy place, and the chamber of the Holy of Holies). These three-fold dimensions are throughout the Bible.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2956" title="Go to Proverbs 22:20">Proverbs 22:20 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Serenity</i> is only found in the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2958" title="Go to Proverbs 22:23">Proverbs 22:23 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Hebrew is “He will rob the soul of the one who robs the poor.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2959" title="Go to Proverbs 22:24">Proverbs 22:24 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2961" title="Go to Proverbs 22:27">Proverbs 22:27 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “bed.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2962" title="Go to Proverbs 22:28">Proverbs 22:28 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This refers to moving property lines of your neighbors to take more land, or it could mean moving landmarks and memorials placed there by ancestors. It also speaks to the moral boundaries that the previous generation modeled—they are to be upheld.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2965" title="Go to Proverbs 23:2">Proverbs 23:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “put a knife to your throat.” When you spend time with an important person, think about his needs, not your own, and favor will come on your life.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2967" title="Go to Proverbs 23:4">Proverbs 23:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2969" title="Go to Proverbs 23:6">Proverbs 23:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew here literally means “an evil eye,” which is a metaphor for a stingy man.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2969" title="Go to Proverbs 23:6">Proverbs 23:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Don’t crave his delicacies.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2970" title="Go to Proverbs 23:7">Proverbs 23:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic, the Septuagint, and a few Hebrew manuscripts read “Eating with him is like eating with someone with a hair in his throat—his mind is not with you!”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2971" title="Go to Proverbs 23:8">Proverbs 23:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You’ll vomit up the little you’ve eaten.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2974" title="Go to Proverbs 23:11">Proverbs 23:11 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word here is <i>goel</i>, which means “kinsman-redeemer.” The Aramaic word means “Savior.” This shows powerfully how God will take up the grievances of the oppressed.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2976" title="Go to Proverbs 23:13">Proverbs 23:13 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew is “strike them with the rod.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2977" title="Go to Proverbs 23:14">Proverbs 23:14 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “rescues him from death.” The Hebrew word is <i>Sheol</i>.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2979" title="Go to Proverbs 23:16">Proverbs 23:16 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “speak what is right.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2979" title="Go to Proverbs 23:16">Proverbs 23:16 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is taken from the Septuagint, and it literally means “Your lips shall speak with my lips.” The Hebrew is “My kidneys [soul] will rejoice.” See Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.12.6" href="/passage/?search=Num.12.6&version=TPT">12:6-8 k </a> , which reveals that God spoke with Moses mouth to mouth (literal Hebrew).</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2980" title="Go to Proverbs 23:17">Proverbs 23:17 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word used here describes an emotion of intense passion. Many translate it “envy” (“Do not envy the sinner”), but that does not describe it fully. Another possible translation would be “zeal.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2982" title="Go to Proverbs 23:19">Proverbs 23:19 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Set up my doctrines in your heart.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2983" title="Go to Proverbs 23:20">Proverbs 23:20 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Translated from the Aramaic and the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2986" title="Go to Proverbs 23:23">Proverbs 23:23 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word here literally means “create the truth” or “give birth to truth” or “possess the truth.” This Hebrew word is also used for God as the Creator. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.14.19" href="/passage/?search=Gen.14.19&version=TPT">14:19 o </a>  and 22.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2994" title="Go to Proverbs 23:31">Proverbs 23:31 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2994" title="Go to Proverbs 23:31">Proverbs 23:31 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint and a marginal reading of the Hebrew. The Aramaic is “Meditate on righteousness.” The Septuagint adds a line not found in Hebrew or Aramaic that describes the unflattering life of a drunk: “You will walk around naked as a pestle!”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2995" title="Go to Proverbs 23:32">Proverbs 23:32 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “horned serpent” or “dragon.” This is the Hebrew word <i>basilisk,</i> which comes from a root word meaning “little king.” It becomes an emblem of the poison of demonic power that can cause addictions and rule over the soul like a “little king.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3001" title="Go to Proverbs 24:3">Proverbs 24:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A house is built by wisdom.” The house is more than a structure with roof and a floor. It becomes a metaphor for families, churches, businesses, and enterprises.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-3002" title="Go to Proverbs 24:4">Proverbs 24:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “inner chambers.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4547" title="Go to Mark 4:37">Mark 4:37 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This gale of wind and ferocious tempest was demonic in nature, as Jesus was about to confront a powerful principality on the other side of the lake. (See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.5.1-Mark.5.20" href="/passage/?search=Mark.5.1-Mark.5.20&version=TPT">Mark 5:1-20 n </a> .) Jesus would not have rebuked the storm if it was from God. The devil knew that if Jesus crossed to the other side, he would cast out the demon horde that had long terrorized the entire region.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4552" title="Go to Mark 5:1">Mark 5:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was a region of non-Jewish people who were raising swine, which was considered unclean by Jewish dietary laws. Gerasenes (or Gadarenes) were people who lived in a region opposite Galilee, on the southeastern side of Lake Galilee. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.8.28" href="/passage/?search=Matt.8.28&version=TPT">Matt. 8:28-34 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4560" title="Go to Mark 5:9">Mark 5:9 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Legion” (a Roman military unit of more than six thousand men). Mark gives twelve accounts of Jesus defeating demon spirits. The demons always recognized Jesus as God’s Son.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4564" title="Go to Mark 5:13">Mark 5:13 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Depending on weight, the cost of two thousand live pigs today could be as much as $250,000. The economic cost to the community over the loss of this herd was significant.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4568" title="Go to Mark 5:17">Mark 5:17 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The people preferred swine to the Son of God. There is no indication that Jesus ever went back to their land.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4571" title="Go to Mark 5:20">Mark 5:20 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Decapolis,” which means “Ten Cities.” The region of these ten cities was Jordan and parts of Syria, including Damascus. These cities were Greek and Roman cultural centers of that day. It is a wonder of grace that Jesus used a man who once had thousands of demons to bring God’s truth to thousands of people. After he was set free, he became a missionary evangelist, telling others what Jesus Christ had done for him. No wonder the people marveled when they heard his story!</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4573" title="Go to Mark 5:22">Mark 5:22 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jairus (taken from the Hebrew name <i>Jair</i>) means “he enlightens” or “he shines the light.” Some have taken it to mean “Jehovah enlightens,” but God’s name is not found in the name Jairus.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4574" title="Go to Mark 5:23">Mark 5:23 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is taken from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.5.42" href="/passage/?search=Mark.5.42&version=TPT">v. 42 g </a>  and is brought in at this sequence of the narrative for the sake of clarity and in contrast with the woman who suffered for twelve years (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.5.25" href="/passage/?search=Mark.5.25&version=TPT">v. 25 g </a> ).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4576" title="Go to Mark 5:25">Mark 5:25 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The daughter of Jairus was twelve years old; this woman had suffered for twelve years. Jesus touched the girl; the woman touched Jesus. The two intertwining miracles in this chapter speak of Jesus healing the gentiles and raising Israel back to life (Jairus’ Jewish daughter). On his way to raise the Jewish girl, he stopped to heal the gentile woman. This is what is happening today with Jews and non-Jews.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4578" title="Go to Mark 5:27">Mark 5:27 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cloak” (or “outer garment”). As a Jewish man, Jesus would have had over his shoulders a prayer shawl (“tallit”). The blue tassel on the corner of the prayer shawl was said to symbolize all the commandments and promises of God. See Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.15.38" href="/passage/?search=Num.15.38&version=TPT">15:38-40 i </a> . The Hebrew word for “fringe” or “border” (of a garment) can also mean “wing.” Some have interpreted Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.4.2" href="/passage/?search=Mal.4.2&version=TPT">4:2 i </a>  (“healing in his wings”) as a reference to the tassels of the prayer shawl.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4579" title="Go to Mark 5:28">Mark 5:28 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word is <i>sozo</i> and has many possible meanings, including “safe and sound,” “healed,” “delivered,” “made whole,” “rescued,” “restored,” and “saved.” This is what Jesus does for us today. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.13.8" href="/passage/?search=Heb.13.8&version=TPT">Heb. 13:8 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4581" title="Go to Mark 5:30">Mark 5:30 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a literal reading of a unique phrase in Greek construction. It could be translated “the power that keeps going out of him went out from him.” There was a glorious power that kept going out around Jesus Christ, drawing others to him and healing those he touched, and in this case, healing a woman who touched him in faith. Jesus knew that the power of God was always emanating around him, yet it had flowed through him to someone in the crowd. This same miracle was repeated with Peter in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.5.15" href="/passage/?search=Acts.5.15&version=TPT">Acts 5:15 k </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4581" title="Go to Mark 5:30">Mark 5:30 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus already knew the answer to his question. He wanted the woman to come forward and acknowledge her healing. There were crowds around Jesus, the living Word. Many today crowd around the written Word. But only those who “touch” the Scriptures in faith receive its promises, just like the sick woman who received her healing.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4584" title="Go to Mark 5:33">Mark 5:33 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4587" title="Go to Mark 5:36">Mark 5:36 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>At times there must be a holy “deafness” to the words of others, words that would distract us from the purposes of God. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.42.19" href="/passage/?search=Isa.42.19&version=TPT">42:19-20 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4591" title="Go to Mark 5:40">Mark 5:40 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>ekballo</i> is often used for driving out demons. It implies a forceful action of authority.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4592" title="Go to Mark 5:41">Mark 5:41 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>One of the many references in the New Testament proving that the language of Jesus was Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4592" title="Go to Mark 5:41">Mark 5:41 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word <i>talitha</i> can also mean “little lamb.” The Greek word used here is <i>korasion</i>, which may be a hypocorism, similar to “sweetheart.” The tenderness of this moment is obvious in the text. However, some Hebrew scholars find in the word <i>talitha</i> a Hebrew root that could point to the tallit, or prayer cloak of Jesus, which he may have placed over the girl. This would make his words to mean, “Little girl under the prayer cloak, arise.” This fringed tallit had already been touched by a woman who received her healing previously in this chapter. (See Klein and Spears, <i>Lost in Translation Vol. 1</i>, p. 18, 2007.)</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4594" title="Go to Mark 5:43">Mark 5:43 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There was nothing secretive about this resurrection miracle of the twelve-year-old girl. It would be hard to keep hidden from the people. Jesus was cautioning them because of the reaction of certain religious authorities who were convinced that Jesus was working wonders by the power of Satan. Later on, the miracle of Lazarus being raised from the dead was what triggered the arrest of Jesus.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4595" title="Go to Mark 6:1">Mark 6:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The healing of the woman and the resurrection of Jairus’ daughter were both done in Capernaum.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4596" title="Go to Mark 6:2">Mark 6:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Where did he get these things” (or “insights,” “understanding,” “ideas,” “teachings”)?</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4597" title="Go to Mark 6:3">Mark 6:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>tekton</i> can be translated “carpenter,” “metal worker,” “sculptor,” “artisan,” “stone worker,” or “builder.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4597" title="Go to Mark 6:3">Mark 6:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Joses.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4599" title="Go to Mark 6:5">Mark 6:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Nazareth was the only place recorded in the Gospels that Jesus was unable (because of their unbelief) to do miracles.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4600" title="Go to Mark 6:6">Mark 6:6 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is one of two instances where Jesus was amazed. The other is found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.8.10" href="/passage/?search=Matt.8.10&version=TPT">Matt. 8:10 f </a> . Both refer to the response of faith. Here it is the great unbelief of those who knew Jesus and lived in his hometown of Nazareth (Jews). The other is the great faith of the Roman military captain (a gentile). We have no record of Jesus ever returning to Nazareth. He made Capernaum his base of ministry while in the province of Galilee.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4602" title="Go to Mark 6:8">Mark 6:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “copper coins inside your belt.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4604" title="Go to Mark 6:11">Mark 6:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic and some Greek manuscripts add a sentence: “Truly, I tell you that it will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4610" title="Go to Mark 6:17">Mark 6:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.18.16" href="/passage/?search=Lev.18.16&version=TPT">18:16 i </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.20.21" href="/passage/?search=Lev.20.21&version=TPT">20:21 i </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4612" title="Go to Mark 6:20">Mark 6:20 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text can also mean “deep respect” or that Herod “feared” John.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4614" title="Go to Mark 6:22">Mark 6:22 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although unnamed, church history and tradition identifies her as Salome, not to be confused with the Salome who was a witness of the crucifixion (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.15.40" href="/passage/?search=Mark.15.40&version=TPT">Mark 15:40 k </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4614" title="Go to Mark 6:22">Mark 6:22 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “she fascinated him.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4618" title="Go to Mark 6:26">Mark 6:26 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “The king was tied in a knot.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4622" title="Go to Mark 6:30">Mark 6:30 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus had sent the apostles into the Galilean villages to preach and cast out demons (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.6.7" href="/passage/?search=Mark.6.7&version=TPT">6:7-13 n </a> ), and they are now returning to report back to him.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4626" title="Go to Mark 6:34">Mark 6:34 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “nurturing love toward them.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4626" title="Go to Mark 6:34">Mark 6:34 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.27.17" href="/passage/?search=Num.27.17&version=TPT">27:17 p </a> ; Ezek. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ezek.34.5" href="/passage/?search=Ezek.34.5&version=TPT">34:5 p </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4629" title="Go to Mark 6:37">Mark 6:37 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “two hundred denarii” (silver coins). A denarius was the going rate for a day’s wage. This would equal nearly eight months’ wages.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4632" title="Go to Mark 6:40">Mark 6:40 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are two Greek words used for groups in this context. In <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.6.39" href="/passage/?search=Mark.6.39&version=TPT">v. 39 r </a>  it is the Greek word <i>symposion</i>, which is used most frequently for drinking parties (rows of guests). The word <i>prasai</i> found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.6.40" href="/passage/?search=Mark.6.40&version=TPT">v. 40 r </a>  can also mean “garden plots” or “flower beds.” Spread out over the hillside the people would have looked like flower beds, planted in green pastures, drinking in the miracle power of Jesus. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.23.2" href="/passage/?search=Ps.23.2&version=TPT">Ps. 23:2 r </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4636" title="Go to Mark 6:44">Mark 6:44 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “five thousand men.” There were women and children present as well, but it would have not been common for women and children to come by themselves. These five thousand men represented their households. This miracle is the only miracle recorded in all four Gospels.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4637" title="Go to Mark 6:45">Mark 6:45 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is <i>Beit-Tside</i>, which in Aramaic and Hebrew is “the fishing place.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4640" title="Go to Mark 6:48">Mark 6:48 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Seeing them from land in the dark was an obvious miracle, for evening had come and Jesus was a great distance from them while they were in the middle of the lake. Jesus sees and knows the struggles each of us go through.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4640" title="Go to Mark 6:48">Mark 6:48 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “about the fourth watch of the night.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4640" title="Go to Mark 6:48">Mark 6:48 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To pass by them is somewhat similar to God “passing by Moses” when he was on Sinai. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.33.19" href="/passage/?search=Exod.33.19&version=TPT">33:19 w </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.33.22" href="/passage/?search=Exod.33.22&version=TPT">22 w </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4641" title="Go to Mark 6:49">Mark 6:49 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In both Greek and Aramaic, this reads, “I Am” (the living God), an obvious statement that Jesus is “the great I AM” and there is nothing to be afraid of. This is the same statement God made to Moses in front of the burning bush. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.14.27" href="/passage/?search=Matt.14.27&version=TPT">Matt. 14:27 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.8.58" href="/passage/?search=John.8.58&version=TPT">John 8:58 x </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4643" title="Go to Mark 6:52">Mark 6:52 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “They didn’t understand about the loaves.” That is, they didn’t understand the lesson that the miracle was meant to teach them—that God has the power to deliver us, no matter what the limitation. Also, the miracle was that the bread multiplied in their hands, so they likewise had the power to rebuke the stormy wind and sail through to the other side, even if Jesus were to pass them. He wanted them to see things in a new light and know the authority that they now carried. The two lessons of the multiplied loaves were the following: (1) that Jesus had all power to meet every need, and (2) that the disciples carried this power with them, for the bread multiplied in their hands. They were also a part of the miracle. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.8.14" href="/passage/?search=Mark.8.14&version=TPT">Mark 8:14-21 y </a> . The two great miracles of Israel were also duplicated here. The “crossing of the sea” and the “bread” (or “manna”) that fell from heaven.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4643" title="Go to Mark 6:52">Mark 6:52 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “their minds were dull” or “unwilling to learn,” or “their hearts had been hardened.” The implication is that they were unwilling to accept new information. Every miracle carries a message.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4644" title="Go to Mark 6:53">Mark 6:53 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Apparently, they were blown off course, since they were headed for Bethsaida. Gennesaret is a plain not far from Capernaum on the northwest side of the lake.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4647" title="Go to Mark 6:56">Mark 6:56 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “marketplace.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4647" title="Go to Mark 6:56">Mark 6:56 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The blue tassel on the corner of the prayer shawl was said to symbolize all the commandments and promises of God. See Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.15.38" href="/passage/?search=Num.15.38&version=TPT">15:38-40 c </a> . The Hebrew word for “fringe” or “border” (of a garment) can also mean “wing.” Some have interpreted Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.4.2" href="/passage/?search=Mal.4.2&version=TPT">4:2 c </a>  (“healing in his wings”) as a reference to the tassels of the prayer shawl.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4649" title="Go to Mark 7:2">Mark 7:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4650" title="Go to Mark 7:3">Mark 7:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “with a fist.” Some have surmised this was a thorough washing from the hand to the elbow. But it was most likely water poured over cupped hands. This is not taught in the Torah, but was insisted on because of the tradition of the elders. A few Greek manuscripts and the Aramaic read “They do not eat unless they wash their hands carefully,” with no mention of a fist.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4651" title="Go to Mark 7:4">Mark 7:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “If they do not bathe, they do not eat.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4651" title="Go to Mark 7:4">Mark 7:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts add “dining couches.” Some Aramaic manuscripts add “beds” (or “mats”). This ceremonial sprinkling amounted to nothing more than religious rules and customs, but none of them were commanded in the writings of Moses—they were the oral traditions of men.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4653" title="Go to Mark 7:6">Mark 7:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “excellently.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4654" title="Go to Mark 7:7">Mark 7:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.29.13" href="/passage/?search=Isa.29.13&version=TPT">29:13 f </a>  (LXX).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4655" title="Go to Mark 7:8">Mark 7:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts omit the last clause. It is found in the Aramaic and the majority of Greek texts.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4657" title="Go to Mark 7:10">Mark 7:10 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.20.12" href="/passage/?search=Exod.20.12&version=TPT">20:12 h </a> ; Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.5.16" href="/passage/?search=Deut.5.16&version=TPT">5:16 h </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4657" title="Go to Mark 7:10">Mark 7:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.21.17" href="/passage/?search=Exod.21.17&version=TPT">21:17 i </a> ; Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.20.9" href="/passage/?search=Lev.20.9&version=TPT">20:9 i </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4658" title="Go to Mark 7:11">Mark 7:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Whatever you would have gained from me will be <i>corban</i> (an offering).” <i>Corban</i> (<i>qorban</i>) is an Aramaic word that implies that a person is pure, sincere, and pious when he makes an offering to God. In this case, people would simply speak the word <i>corban</i> over the money they were obligated to use in support of their aged parents, and that would exempt them from their duty to give it. Jesus disapproved of this practice, as it nullified God’s commands. Words themselves don’t count with God; he seeks justice and obedience from the heart.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4662" title="Go to Mark 7:15">Mark 7:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts and the Aramaic add <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.7.15" href="/passage/?search=Mark.7.15&version=TPT">v. 16 k </a> , “If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4665" title="Go to Mark 7:19">Mark 7:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The words in parenthesis are added by the author (Mark).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4667" title="Go to Mark 7:21">Mark 7:21 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “depraved thoughts.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4667" title="Go to Mark 7:21">Mark 7:21 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Greek word <i>porneía</i> (the root word from which we get <i>pornography</i>). The literal meaning is “to sell off oneself” (into sexual impurity).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4668" title="Go to Mark 7:22">Mark 7:22 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “indecency.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4668" title="Go to Mark 7:22">Mark 7:22 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “an evil eye,” which is an Aramaic idiom for stinginess.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4668" title="Go to Mark 7:22">Mark 7:22 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “blasphemy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4668" title="Go to Mark 7:22">Mark 7:22 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “boasting.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4668" title="Go to Mark 7:22">Mark 7:22 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “senselessness.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4670" title="Go to Mark 7:24">Mark 7:24 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the region of Tyre and Sidon.” (Some manuscripts do not have Sidon.) These two cities are located in Lebanon on the Mediterranean coast.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4672" title="Go to Mark 7:26">Mark 7:26 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Greek.” The Jews considered the word <i>Greek</i> to mean anyone who was not a Jew, not necessarily a person of Greek descent.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4672" title="Go to Mark 7:26">Mark 7:26 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This story, in light of the culture of that time, is phenomenal. She was a foreign-born woman with a demonized daughter. Combined, these characteristics made her an unlikely candidate to seek out a Jewish healer. The racial divide of that day was quite pronounced, but love and faith overcome every barrier, including racial prejudice. In <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.15.22" href="/passage/?search=Matt.15.22&version=TPT">Matt. 15:22 v </a> , the Hebrew Matthew text describes her as “a Canaanite merchant woman.” Canaan included the region of modern-day Lebanon and parts of Syria. A “Canaanite” would refer to a non-Jewish person who lived in that region. In this region, Jezebel established Baal worship and there her body was eventually thrown to the dogs. Here Jesus heals a woman and brings her into the true worship of God.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4673" title="Go to Mark 7:27">Mark 7:27 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“Children” is a metaphor for the Jewish people (children of Israel), and the “children’s bread” becomes a metaphor for healing or casting out demons.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4673" title="Go to Mark 7:27">Mark 7:27 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “little pet dogs.” The term translated “dog” here is the diminutive form of the Greek <i>kuon</i>. Calling her a household pet was not meant as an ethnic slur, but was used to describe an impure (unclean) mind. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.7.6" href="/passage/?search=Matt.7.6&version=TPT">Matt. 7:6 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.3.2" href="/passage/?search=Phil.3.2&version=TPT">Phil. 3:2 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.2.22" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.2.22&version=TPT">2 Peter 2:22 x </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.22.15" href="/passage/?search=Rev.22.15&version=TPT">Rev. 22:15 x </a> . Using the metaphors of children, children’s bread, and dogs was the way Jesus tested her faith and revealed her strong confidence in Jesus’ power to heal her daughter. She saw Jesus as “Lord” and received her miracle.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4677" title="Go to Mark 7:31">Mark 7:31 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Decapolis,” which means “Ten Cities,” all of which were located in Syria. (See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.5.20" href="/passage/?search=Mark.5.20&version=TPT">Mark 5:20 y </a>  and footnote.) Jesus headed southeast to Lake Galilee. This trek was many miles and would have taken him days to arrive.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4679" title="Go to Mark 7:33">Mark 7:33 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The saliva of firstborn sons in the Jewish culture of Jesus’ time was considered to have power to heal infirmities.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4680" title="Go to Mark 7:34">Mark 7:34 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Then he focused on (or contemplated) heaven.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4680" title="Go to Mark 7:34">Mark 7:34 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Aramaic was the language of Jesus and his disciples and continues to be spoken today. The spelling of <i>Ethpathakh</i> has been adjusted to fit proper Aramaic instead of the transliterated Greek text, which is unintelligible, possibly due to a scribal error.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4680" title="Go to Mark 7:34">Mark 7:34 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The phrase “open up” is the same wording used in the Hebrew of Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.61.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.61.1&version=TPT">61:1 c </a> , “Open the prison doors.” It furthermore refers to the opening of the eyes of the blind and the ears of the deaf.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4683" title="Go to Mark 7:37">Mark 7:37 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek text uses an unusual construction, found nowhere else in the New Testament, to describe the utter astonishment of the people over this miracle. Jesus led the man away from the unbelief of others to work his miracle and healed him with his saliva. (Later, wicked men would spit upon him in public.) Jesus then told the man he healed not to tell others, but he did. Jesus tells us to spread the good news, and we don’t.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4683" title="Go to Mark 7:37">Mark 7:37 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “beautiful,” “perfect,” “admirable,” or “marvelous.” This verse can also be translated “He has made everything beautiful” or “He has made everything ideally.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4691" title="Go to Mark 8:8">Mark 8:8 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the same word used for Paul escaping from Damascus by being lowered down the city wall in a basket (hamper). These baskets were large enough for a man to hide in. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.9.25" href="/passage/?search=Acts.9.25&version=TPT">Acts 9:25 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4692" title="Go to Mark 8:9">Mark 8:9 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although four thousand people are mentioned by Mark, this does not include women and children. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.15.32" href="/passage/?search=Matt.15.32&version=TPT">Matt. 15:32-39 b </a> ; see also 2 Kings <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Kgs.4.42" href="/passage/?search=2Kgs.4.42&version=TPT">4:42-44 b </a> . All four Gospels record the feeding of the five thousand, but only Matthew and Mark give us the feeding of the four thousand. Many have called this the forgotten miracle. Jesus multiplied food twice with miracle power. Because of the locations of these two miracles, it is believed that the five thousand were mostly Jews and the four thousand mentioned here were mostly gentiles. First the Jew, then the gentile. First there were twelve baskets of leftovers, then seven large baskets full. Twelve is a distinctively Jewish number representing government, and seven represents fullness, indicating the fullness of blessing going out to the entire world. The Bread of Life, Jesus Christ, is now our feast.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4692" title="Go to Mark 8:9">Mark 8:9 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic uses an idiomatic saying that can mean “Jesus ended their fast.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4693" title="Go to Mark 8:10">Mark 8:10 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some scholars believe that this may have been near Magdala on the western shore of Lake Galilee. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.15.39" href="/passage/?search=Matt.15.39&version=TPT">Matt. 15:39 d </a> . The Aramaic word for Dalmanutha means “the land of oppression.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4694" title="Go to Mark 8:11">Mark 8:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “immediately.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4694" title="Go to Mark 8:11">Mark 8:11 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “separated ones” who saw themselves as Jewish purists and guardians of religious orthodoxy. Although the text does not say what sign they were demanding, they were requiring proof of Jesus’ divine mission and ministry. The text does imply that they were disingenuous and wanted only to discredit Jesus.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4695" title="Go to Mark 8:12">Mark 8:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “generation” can also mean “a tribe or nation.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4698" title="Go to Mark 8:15">Mark 8:15 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The yeast Jesus is referring to here is hypocrisy. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.12.1" href="/passage/?search=Luke.12.1&version=TPT">Luke 12:1 h </a> . The yeast of religious and political hypocrisy is what Jesus warned them to avoid.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4706" title="Go to Mark 8:23">Mark 8:23 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is not the common word for “eyes.” The Greek word <i>omma</i> can refer to both physical and spiritual sight. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.20.34" href="/passage/?search=Matt.20.34&version=TPT">Matt. 20:34 i </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4706" title="Go to Mark 8:23">Mark 8:23 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Jesus placed his hands over his eyes and brought light.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4709" title="Go to Mark 8:26">Mark 8:26 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and some Greek manuscripts. The Greek contains many variations of this statement. Other manuscripts read “Go to your house, and if you go into the village, don’t tell anyone what happened.” Others read “Do not even go into the village.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4710" title="Go to Mark 8:27">Mark 8:27 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would likely have been a two-day journey of thirty miles north from Bethsaida.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4710" title="Go to Mark 8:27">Mark 8:27 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was a beautiful area north of Lake Galilee near Tel-Dan. Located at the foothills of Mount Hermon, it was an ancient Roman city rebuilt by Philip the tetrarch in honor of Augustus Caesar.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4711" title="Go to Mark 8:28">Mark 8:28 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>For the Jews, the return of Elijah would signal the end of days. See Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.4.5" href="/passage/?search=Mal.4.5&version=TPT">4:5 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4712" title="Go to Mark 8:29">Mark 8:29 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Shimon” (or “Simeon”), which presents an interesting word play. <i>Shimon</i> means “he who hears.” Simon Peter heard the question posed by Jesus and answered it. But he also heard the revelation from the Father that Jesus is the Messiah, God’s Son. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.16.17" href="/passage/?search=Matt.16.17&version=TPT">Matt. 16:17 o </a> . Simon is the first one of the disciples who truly heard the Father’s revelation of the identity of Jesus Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4712" title="Go to Mark 8:29">Mark 8:29 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Christ,” which means “the Anointed One” (or “Messiah”).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4712" title="Go to Mark 8:29">Mark 8:29 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and a small number of Greek manuscripts.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4714" title="Go to Mark 8:31">Mark 8:31 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This great injustice refers to the beatings, mockings, rejection, and illegal trial Jesus endured. To have the Messiah suffer was contrary to every belief system among the Jews. The Messiah was to be the King of Israel, surrounded with glory, not suffering. Mark gives us three instances of Jesus prophesying his death and resurrection (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.8.31" href="/passage/?search=Mark.8.31&version=TPT">8:31 r </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.31" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.31&version=TPT">9:31 r </a> , and 10:33). Each time Jesus made this prediction, the disciples were confused and unable to understand. So each time Jesus took the opportunity to explain what being his follower really entailed (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.8.34" href="/passage/?search=Mark.8.34&version=TPT">8:34-38 r </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.33" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.33&version=TPT">9:33-37 r </a> , and 10:35–45).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4715" title="Go to Mark 8:32">Mark 8:32 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He spoke openly [boldly, plainly, freely, honestly] about this.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4715" title="Go to Mark 8:32">Mark 8:32 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although Mark does not state what Peter was saying to Jesus, he was likely rebuking him for not understanding the role of the Messiah-King, who was going to suffer and die, but who would rise to power and bring glory to Israel. Peter wanted Jesus to come up with another plan. Yet Peter was the who was mistaken, not Jesus. How many times have we assumed we had a better plan for our lives than God had? One moment Peter speaks profoundly about Jesus’ identity, and the next he rebukes the Messiah for choosing the wrong path.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4716" title="Go to Mark 8:33">Mark 8:33 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus knew that Peter was merely being the spokesman for all twelve disciples, voicing their opinion to Jesus on their behalf.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4716" title="Go to Mark 8:33">Mark 8:33 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter’s rebuke of Jesus became, as it were, the words of Satan himself. The word used for Satan here means “adversary.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4716" title="Go to Mark 8:33">Mark 8:33 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “For you never cheer God but the children of men!”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4717" title="Go to Mark 8:34">Mark 8:34 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Follow me.” This powerful verse was shocking to those who heard Jesus that day. To follow Jesus is more than the dethroning of our own lives, but the enthroning of Christ.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4718" title="Go to Mark 8:35">Mark 8:35 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “will save it” (his life). There is only one Greek word for both “soul” and “life.” The Aramaic uses a word that can mean “breath of life,” “person,” “soul,” or “self.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4721" title="Go to Mark 8:38">Mark 8:38 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “angels.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4721" title="Go to Mark 8:38">Mark 8:38 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.13" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.13&version=TPT">7:13-14 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4722" title="Go to Mark 9:1">Mark 9:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This manifestation of the power of God’s kingdom realm could be seen in three dimensions. (1) Beginning with <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.2" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.2&version=TPT">v. 2 a </a> , the kingdom power of God was seen in Jesus’ transfiguration and the appearing of Moses and Elijah on the mountain. (2) Jesus’ resurrection and ascension into glory inaugurated a new era of God’s kingdom power. (3) The coming of the Holy Spirit at Pentecost, which brought to birth the church of Jesus Christ, and extended God’s kingdom realm to all the earth.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4725" title="Go to Mark 9:4">Mark 9:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Moses represented the Law and Elijah represented the Prophets. Both Moses and Elijah were associated with Mount Sinai (Horeb), both had a ministry of performing astounding miracles, and both had unusual circumstances surrounding their passing from this life into glory. Peter tells us clearly that what he saw that day was a preview of God’s kingdom realm (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Pet.1.16" href="/passage/?search=2Pet.1.16&version=TPT">2 Peter 1:16-17 b </a> ).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4726" title="Go to Mark 9:5">Mark 9:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Good Rabbi,” as translated from the Aramaic. <i>Rabbi</i> is an Aramaic title that means master-teacher.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4726" title="Go to Mark 9:5">Mark 9:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “booths,” a reference to making booths for the Feast of Tabernacles. Peter wanted to celebrate that feast there on the mountaintop with Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. However, Jesus is not to be treated equally with Moses or Elijah—Jesus is the Lord of all creation, including all of humanity.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4728" title="Go to Mark 9:7">Mark 9:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You must constantly listen to him.” See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.18.15" href="/passage/?search=Deut.18.15&version=TPT">18:15 e </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.2.7&version=TPT">Ps. 2:7 e </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.42.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.42.1&version=TPT">42:1 e </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4729" title="Go to Mark 9:8">Mark 9:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “They saw no one with them anymore except Jesus.” There were two mountains in the life of Jesus that focused on his true identity and mission. On this mountain, his face shone as bright as the sun; yet on Mount Calvary, his face was beaten to a pulp. On this mountain, his clothing was glistening white; yet on Mount Calvary, his clothing was taken from him and he was bleeding crimson. On this mountain, he had at his side two of the greatest men ever to live, Moses and Elijah; yet on Mount Calvary, he had at his side two murderers. On this mountain, the glory of God overshadowed him; yet on Mt. Calvary, he was alone, forsaken, in the dark. On this mountain, we hear the Father’s voice of commendation; yet on Calvary’s mountain, the Father was silent. How beautiful was Jesus on both mountains!</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4732" title="Go to Mark 9:11">Mark 9:11 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “come first” (prior to the coming of the Messiah).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4733" title="Go to Mark 9:12">Mark 9:12 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.4.5" href="/passage/?search=Mal.4.5&version=TPT">4:5-6 h </a> . Jesus is obviously referring to John the Baptizer as the one who symbolized Elijah’s coming. Using metaphors, symbols, and parables was Jesus’ preferred way of teaching.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4733" title="Go to Mark 9:12">Mark 9:12 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Read <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.22" href="/passage/?search=Ps.22&version=TPT">Ps. 22 i </a> ; Isa. 53.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4734" title="Go to Mark 9:13">Mark 9:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “just as it was written about him.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4739" title="Go to Mark 9:18">Mark 9:18 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, they were not able to conquer the demon.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4740" title="Go to Mark 9:19">Mark 9:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “generation.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4744" title="Go to Mark 9:23">Mark 9:23 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied by the use of the most emphatic form of “if” in the Greek text.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4744" title="Go to Mark 9:23">Mark 9:23 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the majority of Greek manuscripts. There are, however, some Greek manuscripts that leave out the words “to believe.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4745" title="Go to Mark 9:24">Mark 9:24 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “I do believe; help my unbelief.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4748" title="Go to Mark 9:27">Mark 9:27 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.9.43" href="/passage/?search=Luke.9.43&version=TPT">Luke 9:43 p </a>  adds “Everyone was awestruck. They were stunned seeing the power and majesty of God flow through Jesus.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4750" title="Go to Mark 9:29">Mark 9:29 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and some Greek manuscripts. Many reliable Greek texts leave out “fasting.” However, the word <i>fasting</i> was found on a fragment going back to the third century. (See also Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.58.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.58.6&version=TPT">58:6 q </a> .) Our lives must be saturated with the presence of God through prayer and fasting in order to conquer the evil that is in the world and hiding in the hearts of mankind.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4752" title="Go to Mark 9:31">Mark 9:31 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek verb, a present tense with a future aspect, implies something certainly meant to be.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4757" title="Go to Mark 9:36">Mark 9:36 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word is not gender specific.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4759" title="Go to Mark 9:38">Mark 9:38 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts add here “who does not follow along with us.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4760" title="Go to Mark 9:39">Mark 9:39 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “would soon speak evil of me.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4763" title="Go to Mark 9:42">Mark 9:42 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “entraps,” “holds in bondage,” “enslaves,” “engages in child trafficking.” The Aramaic is “confuses” or “misleads.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4763" title="Go to Mark 9:42">Mark 9:42 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the upper millstone turned by a donkey.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4763" title="Go to Mark 9:42">Mark 9:42 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the words, “it would be better.” Better than what? This is an ellipsis, which when made explicit, enhances the narrative. In the Hebrew text of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.26.24" href="/passage/?search=Matt.26.24&version=TPT">Matt. 26:24 x </a>  it reads, “It would be better for him not to even be born.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4764" title="Go to Mark 9:43">Mark 9:43 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cut it off.” Jesus is obviously using hyperbole to help us understand how purposeful we must be to guard our lives from sin.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4764" title="Go to Mark 9:43">Mark 9:43 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Valley of Hinnom” (or “Gehenna”), which is a metaphor for hell. Gehenna was known in the Old Testament era as the place where human sacrifice was offered to the pagan god Molech. See 2 Chron. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Chr.33.6" href="/passage/?search=2Chr.33.6&version=TPT">33:6 z </a> ; Jer. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jer.7.31" href="/passage/?search=Jer.7.31&version=TPT">7:31 z </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4765" title="Go to Mark 9:44">Mark 9:44 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The oldest and most reliable manuscripts do not have <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.44" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.44&version=TPT">vv. 44 a </a>  or <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.9.46" href="/passage/?search=Mark.9.46&version=TPT">46 a </a> . They are included in the Aramaic. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.66.24" href="/passage/?search=Isa.66.24&version=TPT">66:24 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4769" title="Go to Mark 9:48">Mark 9:48 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “where their revenge never dies and their hatred does not subside.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4770" title="Go to Mark 9:49">Mark 9:49 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and a few Greek manuscripts. The majority of reliable Greek texts have “Everyone will be salted with fire.” Some manuscripts have “Every sacrifice will be salted with salt.” Other manuscripts combine both statements, as does the Aramaic. The unbeliever will be thrown into the fires of Gehenna, and the believer will pass through the refining fire of God’s holiness and love. The phrase “every sacrifice will be seasoned with salt” may refer to us as “living sacrifices” who are made “salty” for God. In the days of Jesus, as soon as an animal was killed, it was salted to preserve the meat. See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.2.13" href="/passage/?search=Lev.2.13&version=TPT">2:13 c </a>  (LXX); Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.3.2" href="/passage/?search=Mal.3.2&version=TPT">3:2-3 c </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.4.1" href="/passage/?search=Mal.4.1&version=TPT">4:1 c </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.3.11" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.3.11&version=TPT">1 Cor. 3:11-15 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4771" title="Go to Mark 9:50">Mark 9:50 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “loses its saltiness.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4771" title="Go to Mark 9:50">Mark 9:50 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Constantly have (hold) salt in yourselves”; that is, our lives are to become “salty” for God. Aramaic speakers refer to salt as a symbol of faithfulness in friendship. The Jews observed a “salt covenant.” Jesus instructs his followers to be faithful friends to one another and to live in peace.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4771" title="Go to Mark 9:50">Mark 9:50 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied by the comparison of salt losing its flavor and the disciples being like salt.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4772" title="Go to Mark 10:1">Mark 10:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “left that place” (Capernaum, on the shore of Lake Galilee).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4772" title="Go to Mark 10:1">Mark 10:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Judea was a Roman province that included central Israel, with Jerusalem as its center. Jesus, leaving to go into Judea, began the journey he made to his destiny, to be crucified in Jerusalem.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4772" title="Go to Mark 10:1">Mark 10:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The reason this is important to note is that this places Jesus in the jurisdiction of Herod Antipas, who had John the Baptizer beheaded at the request of his stepdaughter. Now the Pharisees are coming to test Jesus in hopes of setting him up for likewise being put to death by Herod. The Aramaic notes the location as “the crossing place.” This could have been the place where Joshua and the Hebrews crossed the Jordan to enter into the promised land.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4773" title="Go to Mark 10:2">Mark 10:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for divorce (<i>apolyo</i>) used also in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.2" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.2&version=TPT">vv. 2 d </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.4" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.4&version=TPT">4 d </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.11" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.11&version=TPT">11 d </a> , and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.12" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.12&version=TPT">12 d </a>  can also be translated “to dismiss,” “to send away,” “to loose.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4776" title="Go to Mark 10:5">Mark 10:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “commandment.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4777" title="Go to Mark 10:6">Mark 10:6 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.1.27" href="/passage/?search=Gen.1.27&version=TPT">1:27 f </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.5.2" href="/passage/?search=Gen.5.2&version=TPT">5:2 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4778" title="Go to Mark 10:7">Mark 10:7 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and the majority of Greek manuscripts. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.2.24" href="/passage/?search=Gen.2.24&version=TPT">2:24 g </a>  (LXX).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4779" title="Go to Mark 10:8">Mark 10:8 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the two” (i.e., husband and wife).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4780" title="Go to Mark 10:9">Mark 10:9 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.24.1" href="/passage/?search=Deut.24.1&version=TPT">24:1 i </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.19.3" href="/passage/?search=Matt.19.3&version=TPT">Matt. 19:3-12 i </a> . This question in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.2" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.2&version=TPT">v. 2 i </a>  was asked in the context of an ongoing debate between two schools of rabbinical thought. The liberal view (Rabbi Hillel’s) said that divorce could be made on any grounds, called “Any Matter” divorce, while the conservative viewpoint (Rabbi Shammai’s) believed that divorce was only legal on the grounds of adultery. Jesus gave them God’s view and used the creation of man and woman in the garden as the standard.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4784" title="Go to Mark 10:13">Mark 10:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “touch them.” The laying on of Jesus’ hands was an obvious impartation of a blessing. The words “and bless them,” though implied, are made explicit in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.10.16" href="/passage/?search=Mark.10.16&version=TPT">v. 16 j </a> . Parents should always bring their children to be blessed by Jesus. The apparent reason for Mark including this episode is to express not only Jesus’ desire to bless children, but also the disciple’s inability to see people the way Jesus sees them.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4786" title="Go to Mark 10:15">Mark 10:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus uses an emphatic negative, something similar to “never, no never enter it.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4790" title="Go to Mark 10:19">Mark 10:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.20.12" href="/passage/?search=Exod.20.12&version=TPT">20:12-16 l </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4792" title="Go to Mark 10:21">Mark 10:21 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “You lack one thing.” The Greek wording used here is the same as found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.3.23" href="/passage/?search=Rom.3.23&version=TPT">Rom. 3:23 m </a> , “we all have sinned and are in need of [lack] the glory of God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4792" title="Go to Mark 10:21">Mark 10:21 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are a few Greek and Aramaic manuscripts that read “pick up your cross.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4793" title="Go to Mark 10:22">Mark 10:22 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “he had much property.” The Greek word used here implies that he was a wealthy landowner.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6913" title="Go to John 19:29">John 19:29 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The hyssop branch points to the sacrificial death of Jesus. Hyssop is first mentioned in Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.12.22" href="/passage/?search=Exod.12.22&version=TPT">12:22 u </a>  in reference to the application of lamb’s blood upon the door posts of the homes of the Hebrews the night of Passover. Hyssop was also used for the cleansing of lepers and points to the cleansing of our souls that happened when Jesus was crucified for sinners (spiritual lepers). See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.51.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.51.7&version=TPT">Ps. 51:7 u </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.9.19" href="/passage/?search=Heb.9.19&version=TPT">Heb. 9:19 u </a> .</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6914" title="Go to John 19:30">John 19:30 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is from the Hebrew word <i>kalah</i>, a homonym that can mean “fulfilled [completed],” and “bride.” Jesus finished the work of our salvation for his bride. The translation has combined both concepts. For a fascinating study of the Hebrew word used for “bride” and “finished,” with its universe of meaning, see <i>Strong’s Concordance</i>, Hb. 3615, 3616, 3617, 3618, and 3634. Although the completed work of salvation was finished on the cross, he continues to work through his church today to extend God’s kingdom realm on the earth and glorify the Father through us. He continues to work in us to accomplish all that his cross and resurrection have purchased for us, his bride. His cross fulfilled and finished the prophecies of the Messiah’s first coming to the earth. There was nothing written that was not fulfilled and now offered to his bride.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6915" title="Go to John 19:31">John 19:31 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “because it was Friday.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6915" title="Go to John 19:31">John 19:31 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Breaking their legs would prevent the one on a cross to lift himself up and take a deep breath. The victim would die sooner by suffocation. The Roman practice was to leave the bodies of the victims on the cross for a day or more as a warning to others. See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.21.22" href="/passage/?search=Deut.21.22&version=TPT">21:22-23 x </a> .</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6918" title="Go to John 19:34">John 19:34 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This becomes a picture of the cleansing by blood and the water of the Holy Spirit. However, water and blood both come forth when a baby is born. Christ gave birth on the cross to “sons.” He is the everlasting Father (Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.9.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.9.6&version=TPT">9:6 y </a> ), and you must have children to be a Father. We are all born again by the wounded side of Jesus Christ. He not only died for his bride, but he also gave birth to her at the cross.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6919" title="Go to John 19:35">John 19:35 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the person who saw this.” Although unnamed, it was John, the author of this narrative, who witnessed and testified to the truth of what happened.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6920" title="Go to John 19:36">John 19:36 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.12.46" href="/passage/?search=Exod.12.46&version=TPT">12:46 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.34.20" href="/passage/?search=Ps.34.20&version=TPT">Ps. 34:20 a </a> .</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6921" title="Go to John 19:37">John 19:37 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.12.10" href="/passage/?search=Zech.12.10&version=TPT">12:10 b </a> .</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6922" title="Go to John 19:38">John 19:38 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. Or <i>Arimathea</i> (Greek), which means “heights.” This was the likely birthplace of the prophet Samuel. Keep in mind that Joseph may have lost a son the age of Jesus when Herod killed all the babies.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6923" title="Go to John 19:39">John 19:39 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “approximately one hundred pounds.” Some calculate this as Roman pounds weighing thirty kilograms. Others interpret the one hundred pounds to be closer to a liter, or less than one kilogram, which seems more appropriate considering the cost and weight of these valuable spices.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6924" title="Go to John 19:40">John 19:40 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was the myrrh and aloes, which were embalming spices.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6926" title="Go to John 19:42">John 19:42 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.9" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.9&version=TPT">53:9 f </a> . Jesus’ body was laid on a bed of spices in a garden tomb. Death came upon the first Adam in the garden of Eden, but eternal life surged through the last Adam in the garden of the cross and his tomb. Man fell in a garden, but man now finds life in that empty garden tomb.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6927" title="Go to John 20:1">John 20:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “On the first day of the week.”</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6928" title="Go to John 20:2">John 20:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was obviously John the apostle, the author of this Gospel.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6930" title="Go to John 20:4">John 20:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>How did John outrun Peter to the tomb? Love will always “outrun” curiosity. Some are simply curious to know Jesus, but we must be those who are passionate to experience his love and power.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6934" title="Go to John 20:8">John 20:8 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It was lovers of Jesus that were the first to realize the resurrection of Christ. What did John see that caused him to believe? Perhaps it was the linen burial cloths that had not been unwrapped, but simply were empty. And the cloth that had been wrapped around his head was rolled up and placed aside. Jesus left everything pertaining to the old creation in the tomb, signified by the linen cloths and handkerchief left behind.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6935" title="Go to John 20:9">John 20:9 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some of these prophecies would include <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.2.6" href="/passage/?search=Ps.2.6&version=TPT">Pss. 2:6-8 e </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.16.10" href="/passage/?search=Ps.16.10&version=TPT">16:10 e </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.10" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.10&version=TPT">53:10-12 e </a> ; Hos. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hos.6.2" href="/passage/?search=Hos.6.2&version=TPT">6:2 e </a> ; Jonah <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jonah.1.17" href="/passage/?search=Jonah.1.17&version=TPT">1:17 e </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6935" title="Go to John 20:9">John 20:9 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6938" title="Go to John 20:12">John 20:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This becomes a picture of the two golden cherubim engraved on the mercy seat, peering down into the treasures of grace.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6943" title="Go to John 20:17">John 20:17 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the first time in John’s Gospel that Jesus calls his disciples “brothers.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.2.10" href="/passage/?search=Heb.2.10&version=TPT">Heb. 2:10-12 h </a> .</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6945" title="Go to John 20:19">John 20:19 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “That Sunday evening.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6945" title="Go to John 20:19">John 20:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “came and stood among them.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6945" title="Go to John 20:19">John 20:19 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the idiomatic equivalent of saying, “Hello, everyone!”</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6948" title="Go to John 20:22">John 20:22 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word used here does not appear elsewhere in the New Testament, however, it is the same word found in the Septuagint for God “breathed” into Adam’s nostrils the breath of life (Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Gen.2.7&version=TPT">2:7 l </a> ). The beginning of new creation life came from the breath of Jesus. The mighty wind of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2&version=TPT">Acts 2 l </a>  was for power, the breath Jesus breathed into his disciples in this verse was for life.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6948" title="Go to John 20:22">John 20:22 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “accept the Sacred Breath.”</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6949" title="Go to John 20:23">John 20:23 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “removal, acquittal.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6949" title="Go to John 20:23">John 20:23 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “If you forgive someone for their sins, their sins will be discharged, but if you retain their sins, their sins will be retained.” Jesus was not giving absolute authority to forgive the guilt of sins, for God alone has that right (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Mark.2.7&version=TPT">Mark 2:7 o </a> ), and the apostles at no time assumed that authority. What he gives them, in the context of being his sent ones, is the authority to proclaim the gospel to the nations. If they refuse to go and preach the good news, then people will have no opportunity to believe it. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.10.43" href="/passage/?search=Acts.10.43&version=TPT">Acts 10:43-44 o </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.13.38" href="/passage/?search=Acts.13.38&version=TPT">13:38 o </a> .</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6951" title="Go to John 20:25">John 20:25 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the blossom of the nails.” You can imagine a wide nail head that when struck with a heavy mallet, “blossomed” over the sacred palm of our Lord Jesus. The wound of the nail had imprinted his entire palm. His wounds are like beautiful flowers to the lovers of God.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6957" title="Go to John 20:31">John 20:31 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “never stop believing.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6957" title="Go to John 20:31">John 20:31 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6958" title="Go to John 21:1">John 21:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the Sea of Tiberias.”</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6959" title="Go to John 21:2">John 21:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or in place of Jacob (James) and John, “the sons of Zebedee.”</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6960" title="Go to John 21:3">John 21:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>According to <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.24.49" href="/passage/?search=Luke.24.49&version=TPT">Luke 24:49 c </a> , the disciples were told to wait in Jerusalem for the day they would be clothed with power. These seven apostles were not following what they had been told, and for this reason they caught nothing until Jesus joined them. He became the eighth man.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6962" title="Go to John 21:5">John 21:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Have you caught anything to eat?”</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6964" title="Go to John 21:7">John 21:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It was John, the one whom Jesus loved, that recognized the voice of Jesus. Perhaps it was Peter’s discouragement that prevented him from recognizing the voice of the Master. Peter’s name was Simon (Hb. <i>Simeon</i>), which means “he who hears.” Our hearing his voice is hindered when we are confused and filled with doubts.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6964" title="Go to John 21:7">John 21:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is literally “because he was naked.” This is very strange and most expositors make quite a case for this not being the case, in spite of the Greek saying he was, indeed, naked. The problem is solved by the Aramaic, which says, “because Peter was athletic, he dove into the water.” There is no mention of being “naked” in the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6966" title="Go to John 21:9">John 21:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It was while standing next to a fire that Peter denied Christ; now standing next to a fire, Jesus will restore his beloved friend.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6968" title="Go to John 21:11">John 21:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This speaks of the great redemption of Christ for all nations and all people. One hundred and fifty-three large fish points to a mighty harvest from among the people groups of the world. This great catch of fish begins the process of inner healing for Peter and the guilt of his denial of Christ. Peter began to follow Jesus because of a great catch of fish (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.5.2" href="/passage/?search=Luke.5.2&version=TPT">Luke 5:2-10 h </a> ), so Jesus now repeats that miracle, inviting Peter to begin to follow him again.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6972" title="Go to John 21:15">John 21:15 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “son of the dove.” See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.21.16" href="/passage/?search=John.21.16&version=TPT">vv. 16 i </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.21.17" href="/passage/?search=John.21.17&version=TPT">17 i </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6972" title="Go to John 21:15">John 21:15 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word for “love” is <i>hooba</i>, and is taken from a root word that means “to set on fire.” This was the word Jesus would have used to ask Peter, “Do you burn with love for me?” Our love for Jesus must be passionate and kindle a holy flame within our hearts. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.8.6" href="/passage/?search=Song.8.6&version=TPT">Song. 8:6-7 j </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6972" title="Go to John 21:15">John 21:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As often is the case, Jesus’ words have more than one meaning. “These” can refer to the fish they had just caught, for Peter was a fisherman and loved to fish. He may have been counting and sorting the fish when Jesus asked him that question. But “these” most likely refers to the other disciples. It was Peter’s boast that he loved Jesus more than the others, and though everyone else would leave him, Peter never would. That boast proved empty, as within hours of making the claim, Peter denied he even knew Jesus three times. So Jesus asks Peter three times if he loved him. In essence, Jesus knew how to bring healing to Peter and remove the pain of his denial. Three times Peter denied Jesus, but three times he makes his confession of his deep love for Christ. By the third time, the “crowing rooster” inside Peter had been silenced, and now he was ready to be a shepherd for Jesus’ flock.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6972" title="Go to John 21:15">John 21:15 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “feed my rams” (male lambs). This may refer to the other disciples. In <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.21.16" href="/passage/?search=John.21.16&version=TPT">v. 16 l </a>  the Aramaic is simply “sheep.” And in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.21.17" href="/passage/?search=John.21.17&version=TPT">v. 17 l </a>  in Aramaic, Jesus uses the third term, “ewes” (female lambs). Some see in these that Peter was symbolically given charge of three flocks: Jews, Samaritans, and gentiles. Regardless, men and women need to be cared for and fed by the leadership of Christ’s church among the nations.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6974" title="Go to John 21:17">John 21:17 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Three times Peter denied Christ, so Jesus gave him three opportunities to redeem himself.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6975" title="Go to John 21:18">John 21:18 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “you girded yourself.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6975" title="Go to John 21:18">John 21:18 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “grayheaded.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6975" title="Go to John 21:18">John 21:18 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “stretch out your hands.” This was clearly a hint of the martyrdom Peter would experience in Rome one day, where historians have recorded that Peter was crucified upside down, at his request, because he said that he was unworthy to be crucified in the same way as his Lord. He once said he was willing to die for our Lord Jesus; now Christ promises that will happen.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6981" title="Go to John 21:24">John 21:24 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The evidence both internally and externally clearly points to John as the author of this book, thus the explicit reference here.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6981" title="Go to John 21:24">John 21:24 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word <i>we</i> implies that John had conferred with the other disciples, as he has left us an accurate account of the life of Jesus Christ.</span>


bookid: John
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6982" title="Go to John 21:25">John 21:25 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6982" title="Go to John 21:25">John 21:25 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is very poetic, “The world itself would be emptied out into the books that would be written.” An alternate translation of the Aramaic could read “I suppose that forever is still not enough time for all the books to be written!”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6983" title="Go to Acts 1:1">Acts 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some scholars believe that Theophilus could be a symbolic name and not necessarily one individual. This is most likely not written to one individual. When the meaning of his name is translated, the sentence reads, “I wrote to you before, O lover of God.” Both Luke and Acts were written to every lover of God.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6983" title="Go to Acts 1:1">Acts 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This account was written by Luke, the human author of the Gospel of Luke. The title Lord Jesus is found only in the Aramaic. The Greek is simply “Jesus.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6983" title="Go to Acts 1:1">Acts 1:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although Jesus’ work of redemption has been completed for us, there is still the unfinished work of preparing and beautifying his eternal partner, the bride of Christ. With gifts of power his church is continuing what Jesus began to do and teach through evangelism and discipleship. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.28.19" href="/passage/?search=Matt.28.19&version=TPT">Matt. 28:19-20 c </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.21.25" href="/passage/?search=John.21.25&version=TPT">John 21:25 c </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.11&version=TPT">Eph. 4:11-13 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6984" title="Go to Acts 1:2">Acts 1:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “commands.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6984" title="Go to Acts 1:2">Acts 1:2 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek implies that the “instructions” (commands) he gave them were “by the Holy Spirit.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6985" title="Go to Acts 1:3">Acts 1:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus appeared to his followers at least eleven times and taught them the mysteries of God’s kingdom realm. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.13.11" href="/passage/?search=Matt.13.11&version=TPT">Matt. 13:11 f </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6985" title="Go to Acts 1:3">Acts 1:3 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The number forty is significant, for it speaks of transformation and completeness through testing. Jesus was tempted for forty days, the deluge during Noah’s day lasted forty days and nights, Moses met with God for forty days on Sinai, Israel wandered for forty years, and Elijah fasted for forty days. Jesus spent forty days appearing to his disciples to teach them that a day of completeness and transformation had arrived. It took them forty days to comprehend that Christ’s kingdom was spiritual, not political.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6985" title="Go to Acts 1:3">Acts 1:3 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The world is still waiting to see “many convincing signs” from our lives signifying that we too have been raised from the dead. Spiritual fruit and spiritual power provide these signs.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6986" title="Go to Acts 1:4">Acts 1:4 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6987" title="Go to Acts 1:5">Acts 1:5 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic implies that they would be the ones who would do the baptizing: “John baptized you in water, but you will baptize [others] in the Holy Spirit.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6990" title="Go to Acts 1:8">Acts 1:8 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You will seize power,” or “You will be seized with power.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6990" title="Go to Acts 1:8">Acts 1:8 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “witnesses.” The Greek word can also be translated “martyrs.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6990" title="Go to Acts 1:8">Acts 1:8 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Samaria,” a term used for a distant province populated by another people group.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6990" title="Go to Acts 1:8">Acts 1:8 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.24.14" href="/passage/?search=Matt.24.14&version=TPT">Matt. 24:14 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6991" title="Go to Acts 1:9">Acts 1:9 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “A cloud came under him and took him up from their sight.” The Aramaic is “A cloud accepted him and covered him from their eyes.” He did not start from a cloud and ascend to outer space. He started from their visible presence, and disappeared from view in a cloud, ascending by that means into heaven. And when he returns it will be a reverse order. We will see him appearing from out of a cloud and descending back into our visible presence where we can see him and be with him.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6994" title="Go to Acts 1:12">Acts 1:12 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “seven stadia” (furlongs). A furlong is about one-eighth of a mile. The Greek uses a phrase not found in the Septuagint or elsewhere in the Greek New Testament or in any Greek literature: “of a Sabbath having away.” It is rendered in most modern translations “a Sabbath’s journey.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6995" title="Go to Acts 1:13">Acts 1:13 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek uses the definite article “the upstairs room.” This was where they had met before to have the Last Supper with Jesus. In Mark’s Gospel, after the disciples returned from witnessing the ascension, they preached, for Mark is the Gospel of ministry. In Luke, after Jesus’ ascension, they praised, and here in Acts they prayed.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6995" title="Go to Acts 1:13">Acts 1:13 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “siblings.” Jesus’ four brothers are named in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.13.55" href="/passage/?search=Matt.13.55&version=TPT">Matt. 13:55 r </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.6.3" href="/passage/?search=Mark.6.3&version=TPT">Mark 6:3 r </a>  as Jacob, Joses (or Joseph), Simon, and Judas. Even though <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.7.5" href="/passage/?search=John.7.5&version=TPT">John 7:5 r </a>  records that early in Jesus’ ministry his own brothers did not believe in him, they obviously later repented and received the revelation of the resurrected Christ, their own brother, and believed in him.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6995" title="Go to Acts 1:13">Acts 1:13 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “They prayed with one soul.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6997" title="Go to Acts 1:16">Acts 1:16 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brothers.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-6997" title="Go to Acts 1:16">Acts 1:16 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, replacing Judas with another to complete the Twelve. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.1.20" href="/passage/?search=Acts.1.20&version=TPT">v. 20 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6998" title="Go to Acts 1:17">Acts 1:17 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-6999" title="Go to Acts 1:18">Acts 1:18 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “He acquired a field with the reward of his wickedness.” Judas would have had no time between his betrayal and his suicide to purchase land. This plot of land was likely purchased by the Jewish authorities. They could not use the returned blood money for temple purposes, so instead they purchased a small burial plot for Judas.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7000" title="Go to Acts 1:19">Acts 1:19 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in the language of the region.” The Greek text is clear that the Jews of Jesus’ day spoke Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his apostles taught in. The Greek text transliterates the name of the field into a Greek equivalent for a Greek audience.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7001" title="Go to Acts 1:20">Acts 1:20 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.69.25" href="/passage/?search=Ps.69.25&version=TPT">Ps. 69:25 y </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7001" title="Go to Acts 1:20">Acts 1:20 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.109.8" href="/passage/?search=Ps.109.8&version=TPT">Ps. 109:8 z </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7002" title="Go to Acts 1:21">Acts 1:21 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that our Lord Jesus went in and out among us.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7004" title="Go to Acts 1:23">Acts 1:23 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Barsabbas means “son of promise.” Matthias means “gift of YHWH.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7005" title="Go to Acts 1:24">Acts 1:24 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is simply “Lord.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7005" title="Go to Acts 1:24">Acts 1:24 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is “Lord, you are the heart knower of all.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7006" title="Go to Acts 1:25">Acts 1:25 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “go to his place.” The Greek is “departed from this life,” a euphemism for death.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7007" title="Go to Acts 1:26">Acts 1:26 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was similar to rolling dice. Casting lots is not mentioned again in the New Testament after the Holy Spirit was poured out. The Aramaic reads “They raised up a shaking-free and elevated Matthias,” which indicates they shook free from Judas’ claim to apostleship and appointed Matthias.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7008" title="Go to Acts 2:1">Acts 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “came to be fulfilled.” The Greek word means “to fill completely (to be fulfilled).” Pentecost was one of the main feasts of Israel. The name is derived from <i>pentekostos</i>, which means “fiftieth,” since it was held on the fiftieth day after the Passover Sabbath. It was also known as the Feast of Harvest.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7009" title="Go to Acts 2:2">Acts 2:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can also be translated “like the roar of a groaning spirit.” This mighty wind is for power; the breath of Jesus breathed into his disciples in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.20.22" href="/passage/?search=John.20.22&version=TPT">John 20:22 b </a>  was for life.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7009" title="Go to Acts 2:2">Acts 2:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “It filled the house.” Although most believe this was in an upper room, it is possible to conclude from the Aramaic that it was the House of the Lord (the temple), where they all gathered to celebrate Pentecost. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.24.53" href="/passage/?search=Luke.24.53&version=TPT">Luke 24:53 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7010" title="Go to Acts 2:3">Acts 2:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was the pillar of fire that led Israel from bondage into the promised land. The same pillar of fire manifested here to initiate a new beginning from dead religious structures into the powerful life of the Spirit. Each believer received an overpowering flame of fire, signified by the shaft of light that engulfed them. It was as though each one received his own personal pillar of fire that would empower him and lead him throughout his life. This was the promise Jesus gave to his disciples of “the one like me” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.14.26" href="/passage/?search=John.14.26&version=TPT">John 14:26 d </a> ), who would be sent by the Father and never leave them. Today every believer is indwelt by the Spirit of Christ (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.9" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.9&version=TPT">Rom. 8:9 d </a> ). This was the birthday of the church of Jesus Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7010" title="Go to Acts 2:3">Acts 2:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “rested over them.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7011" title="Go to Acts 2:4">Acts 2:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are two Greek words used here for “filled.” In <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.2" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.2&version=TPT">v. 2 f </a> , it is <i>pleroo</i>, which means “filled inwardly.” In <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.4" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.4&version=TPT">v. 4 f </a>  it is <i>pletho</i>, which means “filled outwardly” or “furnished and equipped.” This was the anointing of the Spirit for ministry. Every believer needs the filling of the Spirit both inwardly for life and outwardly for ministry.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7011" title="Go to Acts 2:4">Acts 2:4 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>apotheggomai</i> literally means “to ring out” (like a bell). It can also mean “carried along” or “inspired.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7012" title="Go to Acts 2:5">Acts 2:5 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “devout Jewish men.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7013" title="Go to Acts 2:6">Acts 2:6 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>andres</i> implies respect, such as “ladies and gentlemen.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7014" title="Go to Acts 2:7">Acts 2:7 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is likely they knew they were Galileans by their Aramaic dialect common in Galilee.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7016" title="Go to Acts 2:9">Acts 2:9 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Parthians.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7016" title="Go to Acts 2:9">Acts 2:9 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Medes.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7016" title="Go to Acts 2:9">Acts 2:9 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This area is now Khuzestan and the Ilam Province, including a small part of southern Iraq.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7016" title="Go to Acts 2:9">Acts 2:9 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is Beth-Nahrin, which means “land of the rivers.” This would include Iraq, parts of Syria, southeastern Turkey, and southwestern Iran. The Assyrians also consider themselves to be natives of Beth-Nahrin (Mesopotamia).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7016" title="Go to Acts 2:9">Acts 2:9 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Cappadocia.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7016" title="Go to Acts 2:9">Acts 2:9 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Pontus,” which is northeastern Turkey. Pontus means “sea.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7016" title="Go to Acts 2:9">Acts 2:9 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Orientals.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7017" title="Go to Acts 2:10">Acts 2:10 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Phrygia.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7018" title="Go to Acts 2:11">Acts 2:11 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the universal remedy of the curse of Babel, where human beings were divided by languages (Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.11.9" href="/passage/?search=Gen.11.9&version=TPT">11:9 s </a> ). Now, in Christ, the language of the Spirit unifies us all in him.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7019" title="Go to Acts 2:12">Acts 2:12 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7021" title="Go to Acts 2:14">Acts 2:14 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>All of the twelve standing there would prove that they were not drunk. They stood before this massive crowd, possibly in the courts of the temple. There were three thousand converted and baptized that day, so the crowd was possibly much larger than that.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7021" title="Go to Acts 2:14">Acts 2:14 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See footnote for <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.4" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.4&version=TPT">v. 4 v </a> . Peter was speaking under the anointing of the Holy Spirit. The tongues being spoken, along with the sound of the wind, drew the crowd. Peter would have spoken to them in the common language of Aramaic. Even with the Galilean and Judean dialects, nearly all of the Jewish people present would understand his words.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7021" title="Go to Acts 2:14">Acts 2:14 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “you Jewish men.” This is also used in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.22" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.22&version=TPT">Acts 2:22 w </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.3.12" href="/passage/?search=Acts.3.12&version=TPT">3:12 w </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.5.35" href="/passage/?search=Acts.5.35&version=TPT">5:35 w </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.13.16" href="/passage/?search=Acts.13.16&version=TPT">13:16 w </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.21.28" href="/passage/?search=Acts.21.28&version=TPT">21:28 w </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7022" title="Go to Acts 2:15">Acts 2:15 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the third hour,” the time for Jewish morning prayer.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7023" title="Go to Acts 2:16">Acts 2:16 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Joel <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Joel.2.28" href="/passage/?search=Joel.2.28&version=TPT">2:28-32 y </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7024" title="Go to Acts 2:17">Acts 2:17 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The New Testament term “the last days” began at Pentecost and extends until the return of Christ. We have technically been in “the last days” for over two thousand years.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7024" title="Go to Acts 2:17">Acts 2:17 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “gush forth,” or “run greedily.” The Aramaic can be translated “I will be splashing my Spirit-Wind over all flesh” (humanity).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7024" title="Go to Acts 2:17">Acts 2:17 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “divinely appointed appearances.” The Greek word for “visions,” <i>horasis</i>, can also mean “our eyes opened to have divine encounters and see into the spiritual realm.” These are not daydreams but visions of the heavenly realm. (See <i>Strong’s Concordance</i>, Gr. 3700 and 3706.)</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7024" title="Go to Acts 2:17">Acts 2:17 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This verse can be translated from the Aramaic as “Your grandparents shall see visions and your priests shall dream dreams.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7026" title="Go to Acts 2:19">Acts 2:19 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “columns [plumes] of smoke.” The Aramaic can be translated “the sweet smell of burning incense.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7027" title="Go to Acts 2:20">Acts 2:20 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This could be a figure of speech similar to “Lights out on the old order.” The Aramaic is “The sun will be in mourning.” Perhaps this prophecy was fulfilled when Christ was crucified.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7028" title="Go to Acts 2:21">Acts 2:21 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Whoever calls on the name of Jesus as the Messiah will receive life.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7029" title="Go to Acts 2:22">Acts 2:22 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter wisely begins his sermon with a recounting of Jewish history, keeping the main point of his sermon until the end. A great transformation had taken place in Peter, who had denied Christ three times only six weeks ago. Now he preaches with power and authority. This is the difference the Holy Spirit makes in the life of a believer.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7029" title="Go to Acts 2:22">Acts 2:22 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Jesus the Nazarene” (the Branch). The Aramaic word used here also implies the title of an heir of a powerful family, or one who is victorious (“Jesus, the Victorious”).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7029" title="Go to Acts 2:22">Acts 2:22 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the Man from God,” which may be an idiomatic saying for “the Man born of God.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7031" title="Go to Acts 2:24">Acts 2:24 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which can also be translated “God destroyed death’s destruction.” The Greek is “God freed him from the travails of death.” The Greek word translated “travails” is commonly used for the labor pains of childbirth.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7032" title="Go to Acts 2:25">Acts 2:25 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.16.8" href="/passage/?search=Ps.16.8&version=TPT">Ps. 16:8-11 k </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7032" title="Go to Acts 2:25">Acts 2:25 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew-Aramaic word is <i>Yahweh</i>.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7032" title="Go to Acts 2:25">Acts 2:25 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “so that I will not be shaken.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7033" title="Go to Acts 2:26">Acts 2:26 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7033" title="Go to Acts 2:26">Acts 2:26 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “live” (<i>kataskenosei</i>) is always used for “pitch a tent.” Or “My body will pitch its tent in hope (expectation).” The Aramaic is “Even my body he will restore to hope.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7034" title="Go to Acts 2:27">Acts 2:27 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Sheol”; the Greek is “Hades.” Both refer to the realm of death.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7035" title="Go to Acts 2:28">Acts 2:28 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This Greek word (<i>euphrosune</i>) occurs only here and in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.14.17" href="/passage/?search=Acts.14.17&version=TPT">Acts 14:17 q </a> . It is the spirit of joy, an ecstasy that comes from God. The Aramaic is “You will fill me, O Sweetness, with your presence.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7037" title="Go to Acts 2:30">Acts 2:30 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.132.11" href="/passage/?search=Ps.132.11&version=TPT">Ps. 132:11 r </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1.32" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1.32&version=TPT">Luke 1:32 r </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7038" title="Go to Acts 2:31">Acts 2:31 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “David rose up after seeing a vision and he saw.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7039" title="Go to Acts 2:32">Acts 2:32 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “of whom we are witnesses,” which implies that they all had seen the resurrected Jesus.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7040" title="Go to Acts 2:33">Acts 2:33 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “splashed out the gift of the Holy Spirit.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7041" title="Go to Acts 2:34">Acts 2:34 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7041" title="Go to Acts 2:34">Acts 2:34 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “at my right hand.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7042" title="Go to Acts 2:35">Acts 2:35 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.110.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.110.1&version=TPT">Ps. 110:1 x </a> , which is the most frequently quoted Old Testament verse found in the New Testament. This shows there is a continuing work of defeating Christ’s enemies as his kingdom increases on earth as it is in heaven.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7043" title="Go to Acts 2:36">Acts 2:36 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “all the house of Israel.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7043" title="Go to Acts 2:36">Acts 2:36 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “inescapably,” for no one can escape the claims of Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7043" title="Go to Acts 2:36">Acts 2:36 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “Lord Yahweh made him [from birth] to be both Elohim and Messiah.” The Greek verb used for “made” can also mean “brought forth.” This is a clear statement of both Jesus’ humanity (God brought him forth by human birth) and his deity.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7043" title="Go to Acts 2:36">Acts 2:36 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Y’shua</i> (Jesus) is now Lord of a new creation company, a new heaven, and a new earth—he is Lord of all. The Greek word <i>kurios</i> is not necessarily a divine title. The Aramaic text uses a clear title of Jesus’ deity.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7044" title="Go to Acts 2:37">Acts 2:37 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This Greek verb indicates the deepest sorrow and emotional agitation. It is taken from a root word that means “mortally wounded” and is found only here in all the New Testament.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7044" title="Go to Acts 2:37">Acts 2:37 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic contains an idiomatic figure of speech, “What do we need to do to be your brothers?”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7045" title="Go to Acts 2:38">Acts 2:38 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word translated “repent” means both “to change the mind and direction of your life” and “to turn back to God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7045" title="Go to Acts 2:38">Acts 2:38 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter was likely saying these words from the steps of the temple. Below him were dozens of <i>mikveh</i> (immersion pools used for ceremonial cleanings of Jewish worshipers). Peter was pointing them to the cleansing that comes through the name and authority of Jesus Christ. The Aramaic is startling: “Be immersed in the name of Lord Yahweh <i>Y’shua</i>.” Peter is clearly saying that Lord Yahweh and Jesus are one and the same.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7046" title="Go to Acts 2:39">Acts 2:39 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “This outpouring is for you.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7046" title="Go to Acts 2:39">Acts 2:39 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “for those who are far away (gentiles).”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7047" title="Go to Acts 2:40">Acts 2:40 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Be free from and preserved from this crooked people!”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7048" title="Go to Acts 2:41">Acts 2:41 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the word <i>church</i> is not in the text, it is implied. They were converted by the message of Peter and brought into the fellowship of the believers.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7049" title="Go to Acts 2:42">Acts 2:42 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>didache</i> means “skilled instruction and training.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7049" title="Go to Acts 2:42">Acts 2:42 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “They became partners.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7049" title="Go to Acts 2:42">Acts 2:42 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “breaking of bread.” This was more than sharing meals, but participating together in observing the Lord’s Table. The Aramaic, which can be translated “the Eucharist” or “holy communion,” makes it even more explicit.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7049" title="Go to Acts 2:42">Acts 2:42 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “[all kinds of] prayers.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7050" title="Go to Acts 2:43">Acts 2:43 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Fear [of God] came upon every person.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7050" title="Go to Acts 2:43">Acts 2:43 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds, “in Jerusalem,” which is missing in the Greek.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7051" title="Go to Acts 2:44">Acts 2:44 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “added into one body.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7054" title="Go to Acts 2:47">Acts 2:47 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Aramaic word for “church” is the joining of “meet” and “come.” This word is an invitation to enter into fellowship with Christ and his people. The Greek word for “church” is <i>ekklesia</i>, which is “called-out ones.” (See the second footnote on <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.16.18" href="/passage/?search=Matt.16.18&version=TPT">Matt. 16:18 r </a> .)</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7055" title="Go to Acts 3:1">Acts 3:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Daily sacrifices were made in the temple at sunrise and about three o’clock every afternoon.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7056" title="Go to Acts 3:2">Acts 3:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the gate called Wonderful” in Aramaic. It is difficult to ascertain which of the many gates of the temple this might have been, and there is varying speculation with no certain conclusion. However, this Beautiful Gate points to Jesus Christ, who is the gate or entrance into the sheepfold of God. Furthermore, it hints of Ezekiel’s temple (Ezek. 47), which has a river flowing out from the threshold through the gateway of the temple. This river was first measured to be ankle deep. This man, lame in his ankles, was healed by the spiritual “river” that flowed out the “Beautiful Gate” of Christ. The gateway opened up and the river poured out of Peter and John, bringing healing to the lame.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7064" title="Go to Acts 3:11">Acts 3:11 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What an amazing picture this makes. This scene transpired at Solomon’s Porch. Lessons of wisdom, greater than the wisdom of Solomon, were uncovered by this miracle to those who had hearts of understanding.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7065" title="Go to Acts 3:12">Acts 3:12 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic could be translated “protectors of Israel.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7065" title="Go to Acts 3:12">Acts 3:12 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “piety.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7066" title="Go to Acts 3:13">Acts 3:13 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.3.6" href="/passage/?search=Exod.3.6&version=TPT">3:6 f </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7066" title="Go to Acts 3:13">Acts 3:13 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.52.13" href="/passage/?search=Isa.52.13&version=TPT">52:13 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7067" title="Go to Acts 3:14">Acts 3:14 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “denied.” It is amazing how complete was the healing of Peter’s life. Just fifty days previously, it was Peter who denied he knew Jesus three times. Now he says to his fellow Jews, “You denied the holy and righteous One!”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7068" title="Go to Acts 3:15">Acts 3:15 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Originator of Life.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7072" title="Go to Acts 3:19">Acts 3:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter uses the Greek word <i>epistrepho</i> (“turn back to God,” “be converted”). We need to not only repent but to return home to God’s grace and truth. This is a Hebraic thought of returning to the Lord God (the Hebrew word <i>shuv</i>). Every Jew would know what that means: “Come back to God!” Repentance and return is more than a passive changing of one’s mind.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7072" title="Go to Acts 3:19">Acts 3:19 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word used here, <i>exaleipho</i>, means “obliterated” or “canceled.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7072" title="Go to Acts 3:19">Acts 3:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cooling breeze,” which occurs only here in the New Testament. This hints of the time when God walked with Adam in the cooling breeze of the day. The work of the cross begins the restoration of Paradise within the hearts of Christ’s followers.</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7073" title="Go to Acts 3:20">Acts 3:20 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “He will send you all that has been already prepared for you through Jesus, the Anointed One.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7074" title="Go to Acts 3:21">Acts 3:21 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “until the time for the universal restoration.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7074" title="Go to Acts 3:21">Acts 3:21 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “This one the heavens must receive until the times of universal restoration.” The word <i>restoration</i> in Greek is <i>apokatastasis</i>, which infers the restoration of creation to the state of existence before the fall, but also Davidic covenant being restored. Luke’s choice of the Greek word found only here in the New Testament is noteworthy. It is a medical term that means “restoration of perfect health.”</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7075" title="Go to Acts 3:22">Acts 3:22 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.23.29" href="/passage/?search=Lev.23.29&version=TPT">23:29 p </a> ; Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.18.15" href="/passage/?search=Deut.18.15&version=TPT">18:15 p </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.18.19" href="/passage/?search=Deut.18.19&version=TPT">19 p </a> .</span>


bookid: Acts
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-7078" title="Go to Acts 3:25">Acts 3:25 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sons of the prophets.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7078" title="Go to Acts 3:25">Acts 3:25 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.22.18" href="/passage/?search=Gen.22.18&version=TPT">22:18 r </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.26.4" href="/passage/?search=Gen.26.4&version=TPT">26:4 r </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-7078" title="Go to Acts 3:25">Acts 3:25 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “seed” (descendants).</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8633" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:10">1 Corinthians 11:10 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This literal translation is one of the most difficult verses in all the New Testament to translate and to interpret properly. Scholars and translators are divided in how to express this verse with proper meaning. First, Paul uses the Greek word <i>exousia</i> (authority), which is used for the authority of God, kings, and rulers, and can be translated “might” or “right.” It never occurs as a metaphor speaking of a piece of apparel. This is not a symbol of authority, but true authority on “the” (not her) head under which she ministers. Before Pentecost, the woman was not seen as anyone with authority, but at Pentecost the Holy Spirit fell upon men and women, giving each person the authority to take the gospel with power to the ends of the earth and prophesy under the direction of the Holy Spirit. The Gospels both begin and end with a visitation of angels to women. The angel Gabriel came to Mary and the angels of God greeted the women at the empty tomb. However, the Aramaic word used here is a homonym that can mean both “power” and “covering/veil.” This may explain the variation of the Greek texts.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8634" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:11">1 Corinthians 11:11 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and implied in the Greek.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8636" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:13">1 Corinthians 11:13 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “with her head uncovered.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8638" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:15">1 Corinthians 11:15 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “prayer shawl.” The Greek word <i>peribolaion</i> is translated in the Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.22.12" href="/passage/?search=Deut.22.12&version=TPT">22:12 m </a>  (LXX) as “prayer shawl.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8639" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:16">1 Corinthians 11:16 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “custom.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8642" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:19">1 Corinthians 11:19 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Differences of opinion between believers expose our hearts. Mature ones will overlook offenses and faults in order to maintain the precious unity of the body of Christ. Immature ones will cause splits, divisions, and cliques around their respective opinions. The ones whom God approves are those whose hearts remain pure in spite of petty differences.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8643" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:20">1 Corinthians 11:20 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied both in the text and by the cultural context of the day.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8643" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:20">1 Corinthians 11:20 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is implying that it is the Lord’s Supper, not merely a meal for favored ones. Jesus is hosting the meal for the benefit of all every time we gather for communion.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8644" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:21">1 Corinthians 11:21 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Apparently, the church of Corinth was divided between the “haves” and the “have nots.” Those who were wealthy would feast and become drunk, while those who had very little went hungry. The precious unity of the church was spoiled by this behavior. These shared meals were called “love feasts” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jude.1.12" href="/passage/?search=Jude.1.12&version=TPT">Jude 12 r </a> ).</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8646" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:23">1 Corinthians 11:23 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “betrayed.” Paul is using a play on words in the Greek text. He “handed down” to us the instructions for the Lord’s Table, but the Lord was “handed over” to his accusers.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8647" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:24">1 Corinthians 11:24 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which means “Eat and be satisfied.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8652" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:29">1 Corinthians 11:29 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “unworthily” or “irreverently.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8652" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:29">1 Corinthians 11:29 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some manuscripts have “the Lord’s body.” This can be understood in at least two ways. It may refer to not recognizing the bread as Christ’s body given in sacrifice, or not recognizing Christ’s body on earth, the church. To properly discern the Lord’s body, which was beaten and bruised for our healing, would mean we would not be weak or sick or die prematurely.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8653" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:30">1 Corinthians 11:30 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “asleep,” a metaphor for death.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8654" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:31">1 Corinthians 11:31 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “If we have examined ourselves, we should not be judged.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8656" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 11:33">1 Corinthians 11:33 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “strengthen [encourage] one another.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8658" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:1">1 Corinthians 12:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>pneumatikos</i> is “spiritual” (things), with the implication of spiritual realities or spiritual gifts. Some scholars believe that “spiritual” may refer to spiritual persons.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8659" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:2">1 Corinthians 12:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “carried [or snatched] away.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8660" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:3">1 Corinthians 12:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some scholars believe this “speaking by the Spirit of God” refers to speaking in tongues.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8660" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:3">1 Corinthians 12:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek language has no equivalent for “Lord Yahweh” and uses the word <i>kurios</i>, which means “sir, master, wealthy landowner, boss” and is sometimes used for demons. The Aramaic is preferred. It is by divine revelation that one begins to see that the Lord Yahweh is none other than our Lord Jesus Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8660" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:3">1 Corinthians 12:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “except by union with the Holy Spirit.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8661" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:4">1 Corinthians 12:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The nine gifts distributed by the Holy Spirit listed here include: the word of wisdom, the word of knowledge, the gift of faith, gifts of healing, miraculous powers, prophecy, discerning of spirits, speaking in different kinds of tongues, and interpretation of tongues. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.12.7" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.12.7&version=TPT">vv. 7–11 f </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8662" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:5">1 Corinthians 12:5 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. See also Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.6.4" href="/passage/?search=Deut.6.4&version=TPT">6:4 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8662" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:5">1 Corinthians 12:5 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.7" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.7&version=TPT">Eph. 4:7-16 h </a> . The ministries Jesus apportions by grace are apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8663" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:6">1 Corinthians 12:6 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which can also be translated “powers.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8664" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:7">1 Corinthians 12:7 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and implied in the Greek word <i>phanerosis</i> (“the clear display in light,” or “public manifestations”).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8664" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:7">1 Corinthians 12:7 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To summarize, God the Father, the Son, and the Spirit delights to give spiritual gifts to his people, the bride of Christ. These gifts are imparted by God to every believer upon conversion as the Holy Spirit chooses (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.12.11" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.12.11&version=TPT">v. 11 k </a> ). They will confirm the Word of God and expand the kingdom of God. Spiritual gifts can be neglected and misused, but they remain the divine power source for Christ’s body on the earth. Through teaching, evangelizing, prophesying, and demonstrating the miraculous, God uses his people to expand his kingdom and to establish righteousness on the earth through the proper use of the gifts he has given. There is no place in Scripture or church history where these gifts were taken away or removed from the body of Christ. The church moves forward through these divine gifts. Spiritual gifts do not replace the Word of God, but the Word of God will spread and flourish as the fully equipped body of Christ operates in the wise use of God’s enabling power.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8665" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:8">1 Corinthians 12:8 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the message [Gr. <i>logos</i>] of wisdom.” This is a revelation gift of the Holy Spirit to impart an understanding of strategy and insight that only God can give. This is more than simply wisdom, but the clearly crafted “word of wisdom” to unlock the hearts of people and free the corporate body to move forward under God’s direction. This gift will express the wisdom of the Holy Spirit, not of man. The best examples of this gift were (1) when Jesus saw Nathanael under the fig tree and knew his true character as a man without guile and (2) when Jesus spoke to the woman at the well and unlocked her heart with the words “Go get your husband.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.4" href="/passage/?search=John.1.4&version=TPT">John 1:4 l </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8665" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:8">1 Corinthians 12:8 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The gift of the message (Gr. <i>logos</i>) of revelation knowledge has been defined by some as the Holy Spirit’s impartation through an impression, a vision, or his voice that gives understanding of a person or situation that cannot be known through the natural mind of man. It may be exercised in the prayer for healing. This revelation knowledge is seen in Saul’s healing of blindness in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.9" href="/passage/?search=Acts.9&version=TPT">Acts 9 m </a>  and in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.10-Acts.11" href="/passage/?search=Acts.10-Acts.11&version=TPT">Acts 10–11 m </a>  with Peter’s revelation knowledge of Cornelius’ servants outside his door and the subsequent salvation of Cornelius and his household. The word of revelation knowledge could also include knowing facts that are unknown to the speaker, such as names, dates, or events to come.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8666" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:9">1 Corinthians 12:9 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the supernatural power of faith released in a believer to do the miracle works of God on the earth.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8666" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:9">1 Corinthians 12:9 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the supernatural power of God released through a believer to heal the sick.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8667" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:10">1 Corinthians 12:10 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This includes the divine ability to still a storm, feed a multitude, walk on water, cast out demons, turn water into wine, and raise the dead. This gift was one of the distinctive marks of an apostle. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.12.12" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.12.12&version=TPT">2 Cor. 12:12 p </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8667" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:10">1 Corinthians 12:10 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This gift is a supernatural ability, given by the Holy Spirit, to speak the word of God in proclamation and at times in predicting the future. This is one gift that every believer should desire and never despise. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.1" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.1&version=TPT">1 Cor. 14:1 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Thess.5.19" href="/passage/?search=1Thess.5.19&version=TPT">1 Thess. 5:19-20 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.1.18" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.1.18&version=TPT">1 Tim. 1:18 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Tim.4.14" href="/passage/?search=1Tim.4.14&version=TPT">4:14 q </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8667" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:10">1 Corinthians 12:10 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This gift imparts divine discernment to know if a prophetic message is from the Holy Spirit or from a human or demonic source. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.5.3" href="/passage/?search=Acts.5.3&version=TPT">Acts 5:3 r </a> . Discernment is greatly needed in the church today to hear the voice of the Lord clearly and to know when defilement is attempting to enter the assembly.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8668" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:11">1 Corinthians 12:11 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Spiritual gifts are given by the Holy Spirit at any time to anyone he chooses.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8669" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:12">1 Corinthians 12:12 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Christ is now a body with many parts. The human body of Jesus is glorified and enthroned in heaven. So also is the body of Christ. We are co-enthroned with him (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.29" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.29&version=TPT">Rom. 8:29-30 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.2.6" href="/passage/?search=Eph.2.6&version=TPT">Eph. 2:6 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.3.2" href="/passage/?search=Col.3.2&version=TPT">Col. 3:1-4 t </a> ), but we continue to exist on earth to represent him to the world.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8670" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:13">1 Corinthians 12:13 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is not a baptism into the Spirit (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.3.6" href="/passage/?search=Matt.3.6&version=TPT">Matt. 3:6 u </a> ) but a baptism into the body of Christ. Upon conversion, the Holy Spirit does four things for every believer: (1) He gives us new birth (regeneration—see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.5" href="/passage/?search=John.3.5&version=TPT">John 3:5 u </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Titus.3.5" href="/passage/?search=Titus.3.5&version=TPT">Titus 3:5 u </a> ). (2) He comes to live inside us (indwelling—see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.9" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.9&version=TPT">Rom. 8:9 u </a> ). (3) He places us into the body as a member of Christ’s body on the earth (spiritual baptism—see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.12.13" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.12.13&version=TPT">1 Cor. 12:13 u </a> ). (4) He seals us as the possession of Christ until the redemption of our human body (see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.1.13" href="/passage/?search=Eph.1.13&version=TPT">Eph. 1:13-14 u </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.30" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.30&version=TPT">4:30 u </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8670" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:13">1 Corinthians 12:13 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To “drink deeply” of the Spirit is the same as receiving his power and gifts until rivers of living water flow from the inside of us. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.34" href="/passage/?search=John.3.34&version=TPT">John 3:34 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.7.37" href="/passage/?search=John.7.37&version=TPT">7:37 v </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8675" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:18">1 Corinthians 12:18 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Every believer should be content with the place within the body God has placed him. And God is pleased when we serve him with joy in every activity or ministry that we engage in for the sake of the body.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8679" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:22">1 Corinthians 12:22 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is, no doubt, speaking of our internal organs: liver, heart, lungs, etc.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8685" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:28">1 Corinthians 12:28 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Most translations render the Greek word <i>antilempsis</i> (a hapax legomenon) as “helps.” However, it is literally “laying hold of” (revelation) or “apprehending” (perception).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8685" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:28">1 Corinthians 12:28 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is a hapax legomenon that can be translated “guidance” or “one who steers the ship.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8688" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 12:31">1 Corinthians 12:31 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a path corresponding to transcendence.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8689" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:1">1 Corinthians 13:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The implication is that the angels speak a distinct language among themselves that is not known on earth.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8689" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:1">1 Corinthians 13:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word for love is <i>hooba</i>, and it is a homonym that also means “to set on fire.” It is difficult to fully express the meaning of this word and translate it into English. You could say the Aramaic concept is “burning love” or “fiery love,” coming from the inner depths of the heart as an eternal energy, an active power of bonding hearts and lives in secure relationships. The Greek word is <i>agape,</i> which describes the highest form of love. It is the love God has for his people. It is an intense affection that must be demonstrated. It is a loyal, endless, and unconditional commitment of love. Feelings are attached to this love. It is not abstract, but devoted to demonstrating the inward feelings of love toward another with acts of kindness and benevolence.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8690" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:2">1 Corinthians 13:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “prophetic powers.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8690" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:2">1 Corinthians 13:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek present infinitive indicates a continuous aspect, which means a faith to keep on removing mountains or to remove one mountain after another.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8691" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:3">1 Corinthians 13:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word used here is a homonym that can mean either “to burn” or “to boast.” Because of this, some Greek manuscripts have “I offer my body in order to boast [glory].”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8692" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:4">1 Corinthians 13:4 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Love patiently endures mistreatment” could mean that love is incredibly patient <i>even in difficult relationships</i>. The Aramaic can be translated “Love transforms the spirit.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8692" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:4">1 Corinthians 13:4 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “boil with jealousy.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8693" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:5">1 Corinthians 13:5 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “overly sensitive” (having sharp edges).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8693" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:5">1 Corinthians 13:5 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “resentful” or “does not keep score.” The Aramaic can be translated “Love does not stare at evil.” Love will overlook offenses and remain focused on what is good, refusing to hold resentment in our hearts.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8694" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:6">1 Corinthians 13:6 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “reality” (or “truth”).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8694" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:6">1 Corinthians 13:6 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “injustice” or “unrighteousness.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8695" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:7">1 Corinthians 13:7 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Love bears all things.” Although commonly understood to mean that love can bear hardships of any kind, the nominalized form of the verb (<i>stego</i>) is actually the word for “roof” found in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.2.4" href="/passage/?search=Mark.2.4&version=TPT">Mark 2:4 l </a> . Paul is saying that love covers all things, like a roof covers the house. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.4.8" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.4.8&version=TPT">1 Peter 4:8 l </a> . Love does not focus on what is wrong but will bear with the shortcomings of others. And like a roof protects and shields, you could say that love springs no leak. It is a safe place that offers shelter, not exposure.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8695" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:7">1 Corinthians 13:7 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “it never loses faith.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8696" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:8">1 Corinthians 13:8 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Love never, not even once, fails [lapses]” or “Love never falls down” (it keeps going higher).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8696" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:8">1 Corinthians 13:8 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “prophecy comes to pass.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8696" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:8">1 Corinthians 13:8 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the gift of the word of knowledge (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.12.8" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.12.8&version=TPT">1 Cor. 12:8 p </a> ). Knowledge itself will not pass away or be set aside, for we will learn of God’s mercies throughout eternity. This is the gifts of knowledge Paul refers to.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8697" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:9">1 Corinthians 13:9 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in fragments.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8698" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:10">1 Corinthians 13:10 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Perfect love diminishes the importance of prophecy and tongues. Paul could be saying that they will cease being important when compared with perfect love. That which is perfect is love and is greater than the gifts. Perfect love puts everything else in second place, for God is love. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.4.8" href="/passage/?search=1John.4.8&version=TPT">1 John 4:8 r </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.4.18" href="/passage/?search=John.4.18&version=TPT">18 r </a> . Paul is contrasting spiritual gifts with love, saying, “Gifts will fail, but love will never fail.” Like leaves falling to the ground, something greater will one day take their place: the love of God.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8700" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:12">1 Corinthians 13:12 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>ainigma</i> used here is equal to our English word <i>enigma</i>.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8700" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:12">1 Corinthians 13:12 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is referring to God speaking to Moses “face-to-face” (Hebrew “mouth-to-mouth”), and not using dreams and figures of speech (Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.12.8" href="/passage/?search=Num.12.8&version=TPT">12:8 t </a> ). Transforming love will bring us all face-to-face, mouth-to-mouth with God.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8701" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:13">1 Corinthians 13:13 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Faith and hope both spring from love, which makes love the greatest virtue of all. Faith and hope are temporary, but love is eternal. Paul gives us ten characteristics of divine love in this chapter. Love (1) is patient under stress, (2) is kind at all times, (3) is generous, not envious, (4) is humble, not self-promoting, (5) is never rude, (6) does not manipulate by using shame, (7) is not irritable or easily offended, (8) celebrates honesty, (9) does not focus on what is flawed, and (10) is loyal to the end.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8701" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 13:13">1 Corinthians 13:13 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Unfortunately, there is a chapter break before this line. Chapter headings are not part of the inspired text. The translator has chosen to insert the partial text of 14:1 here in conclusion to Paul’s masterful treatise on love.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8702" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:1">1 Corinthians 14:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that you crave spiritual things” or “that you crave spiritual realities.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8703" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:2">1 Corinthians 14:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This verse makes it clear that the tongues Paul refers to are not known languages but Spirit-inspired utterances.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8704" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:3">1 Corinthians 14:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>paramythia</i> (a hapax legomenon) could also be translated “soothing, calming speech” or “affirmation.” Paul does not describe prophecy here as predictive, but as influential to advance the spiritual welfare of the body.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8705" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:4">1 Corinthians 14:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.26" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.26&version=TPT">Rom. 8:26 d </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8707" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:6">1 Corinthians 14:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “intimate knowledge through experience.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8707" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:6">1 Corinthians 14:6 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul uses these four ministries as examples of what builds up the church. Every congregation needs to focus on all four (revelation from God, insights of truth, prophecy, and teaching), as they are all necessary today.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8713" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:12">1 Corinthians 14:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word implies a boiling over with affection and emotion.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8721" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:20">1 Corinthians 14:20 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brothers and sisters.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8722" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:21">1 Corinthians 14:21 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.28.49" href="/passage/?search=Deut.28.49&version=TPT">28:49 i </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.28.11" href="/passage/?search=Isa.28.11&version=TPT">28:11-12 i </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8726" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:25">1 Corinthians 14:25 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Truly God is in you.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8727" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:26">1 Corinthians 14:26 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brothers and sisters.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8727" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:26">1 Corinthians 14:26 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a psalm.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8728" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:27">1 Corinthians 14:27 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This could be a Greek idiom (lit. by twos and threes) meaning “just a few.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8731" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:30">1 Corinthians 14:30 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>God wants a fresh word spoken to his people. The churches must allow God’s “now” voice to be heard and evaluated by the written Word.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8733" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:32">1 Corinthians 14:32 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets.” The Aramaic allows for this translation: “The prophecies (spiritual words) of the prophets are subject to the prophets,” which could imply that the prophet is to be accountable with his/her prophecies.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8733" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:32">1 Corinthians 14:32 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>From the context it appears that the Corinthians were speaking in tongues and prophesying without regarding others in the body who also had prophetic words to share or a tongue and interpretation. This caused disorder and confusion in the church meetings, with people speaking up and giving their opinions about what was spoken.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8734" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:33">1 Corinthians 14:33 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “instability.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8735" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:34">1 Corinthians 14:34 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “wives.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8735" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:34">1 Corinthians 14:34 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the greater context. The theme Paul is addressing is unity and mutual edification, not simply the role of women. Women are permitted to speak in church, to prophesy, and to minister the gospel. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.11.2" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.11.2&version=TPT">1 Cor. 11:2-16 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.31" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.31&version=TPT">14:31 s </a> . Paul is apparently prohibiting interrupting the leaders as they evaluate prophetic utterances. It is likely that Paul was addressing a specific issue taking place in the church fellowship of Corinth with women interrupting the meetings with their opinions and questions about the prophetic words just spoken, possibly even words spoken by their husbands.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8735" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:34">1 Corinthians 14:34 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “speak.” Interrupting the meeting is implied when compared with <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.11.2" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.11.2&version=TPT">1 Cor. 11:2-16 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.31" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.31&version=TPT">14:31 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.16" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.16&version=TPT">Acts 2:16-21 t </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.21.9" href="/passage/?search=Acts.21.9&version=TPT">21:9 t </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8735" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:34">1 Corinthians 14:34 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.2.18" href="/passage/?search=Gen.2.18&version=TPT">2:18-24 u </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.3.16" href="/passage/?search=Gen.3.16&version=TPT">3:16 u </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8736" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:35">1 Corinthians 14:35 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>One interpretation of this passage is that Paul is quoting from a letter written by the Corinthians to him. They were the ones saying a woman should remain silent and Paul is responding to their questions. In other words, they were imposing a rule in the church that Paul refutes in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.36" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.36&version=TPT">v. 36 v </a> . Some manuscripts move <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.34" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.34&version=TPT">vv. 34–35 v </a>  to after <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.40" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.40&version=TPT">v. 40 v </a> , which causes a few scholars to consider this as evidence of an early introduction into the text by Jewish scribes. The only two places in the New Testament where Paul writes about women being quiet or not teaching in the church are in his letters to the church of Ephesus (1 Timothy) and Corinth. Both cities were centers of worship to the goddess Artemis (Diana), where women had the leading roles of teaching and temple prostitution was commonplace. To the Galatians Paul writes that there is no distinction between believing men and women (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.3.28" href="/passage/?search=Gal.3.28&version=TPT">Gal. 3:28 v </a> ).</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8737" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:36">1 Corinthians 14:36 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Inferred by the rhetorical question and the disjunctive particle.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8738" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:37">1 Corinthians 14:37 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a spiritually gifted person.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8740" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:39">1 Corinthians 14:39 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brothers and sisters.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8740" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:39">1 Corinthians 14:39 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>zeloo</i> means “a boiling fervor.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8741" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:40">1 Corinthians 14:40 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “respectably.” The Aramaic can be translated “with the right design.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8741" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 14:40">1 Corinthians 14:40 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Greek word <i>taxis</i>, which can also mean “in battle array.” Here are some summary observations concerning believers’ gatherings: (1) When the believers gathered, they ate together and frequently observed the Lord’s Table. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.11.7" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.11.7&version=TPT">1 Cor. 11:7-33 b </a> . (2) Men and women participated together and used their spiritual gifts. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.11.2" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.11.2&version=TPT">1 Cor. 11:2-16 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.11.12" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.11.12&version=TPT">12 b </a> . (3) The main purpose of gathering together was the mutual building up and encouragement of one another. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.1-1Cor.14.26" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.1-1Cor.14.26&version=TPT">1 Cor. 14:1-26 b </a> . (4) Several people would speak in the meetings, and the leaders would discern and direct. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.26" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.26&version=TPT">1 Cor. 14:26-40 b </a> . (5) Expressing love was more important than gifts, teachings, or prophecies. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.13" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.13&version=TPT">1 Cor. 13 b </a> . (6) Everything was to be done in a beautiful way and in order. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.40" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.40&version=TPT">1 Cor. 14:40 b </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8742" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:1">1 Corinthians 15:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “brothers.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8745" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:4">1 Corinthians 15:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.16.9" href="/passage/?search=Ps.16.9&version=TPT">Ps. 16:9-10 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.24.25" href="/passage/?search=Luke.24.25&version=TPT">Luke 24:25-27 b </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.24.44" href="/passage/?search=Luke.24.44&version=TPT">44–46 b </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8746" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:5">1 Corinthians 15:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Cephas.” Paul includes the bodily appearance of Jesus to his followers as part of the gospel to be believed. What Paul states as the heart of the gospel is (1) Christ’s death, (2) the fulfillment of prophecies, (3) Christ’s burial, (4) Christ’s resurrection, and (5) Christ supernaturally appeared (manifested) to his followers. More than 515 followers of Jesus saw him after his resurrection, including those mentioned by Paul and Miriam (Mary) at the garden tomb.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8746" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:5">1 Corinthians 15:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Most scholars conclude that <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.15.3" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.15.3&version=TPT">vv. 3–5 d </a>  represent an early creed of the apostles on which our Christian faith is based.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8747" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:6">1 Corinthians 15:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Some have fallen asleep,” a Hebrew euphemism for death when referring to believers.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8748" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:7">1 Corinthians 15:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.1.19" href="/passage/?search=Gal.1.19&version=TPT">Gal. 1:19 f </a> . Jacob was the half brother of our Lord Jesus. It is unfortunate that other translations of the Bible have substituted James for Jacob. Both Greek and Aramaic leave the Hebrew name as it is, Jacob. At first Jacob did not believe that his brother was the Messiah (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.7.5" href="/passage/?search=John.7.5&version=TPT">John 7:5 f </a> ). Yet after he believed, he wrote what many have come to know as the book of James (or Jacob) and he became the leading elder of the church of Jerusalem (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.15.13" href="/passage/?search=Acts.15.13&version=TPT">Acts 15:13 f </a> ).</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8749" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:8">1 Corinthians 15:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “as one born at the wrong time.” The Greek word <i>ektroma</i> is used to describe a premature birth or miscarriage or abortion. This means Paul’s call to be an apostle was not normal; it was sudden and unexpected. Paul never claimed to be part of the Twelve, but an apostle chosen by the resurrected Lord Jesus. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Eph.4.11&version=TPT">Eph. 4:11 g </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8751" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:10">1 Corinthians 15:10 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “By the grace of God, I am what I am.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8751" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:10">1 Corinthians 15:10 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Cor.11.16" href="/passage/?search=2Cor.11.16&version=TPT">2 Cor. 11:16-28 i </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8754" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:13">1 Corinthians 15:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Paul is showing us that the resurrection of Jesus cannot be separated from the coming resurrection of believers. To remove the truth of Christ’s resurrection is to destroy the message of the gospel of hope.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8757" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:16">1 Corinthians 15:16 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “if there is no life after death.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8759" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:18">1 Corinthians 15:18 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “those who have fallen asleep in Christ.” In the Hebraic mind-set, this is a euphemism for believers who have died.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8760" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:19">1 Corinthians 15:19 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Why would we be the most pitiable people of all? Because we live a life that contains a measure of hardship and suffering and, at times, possible martyrdom, with no hope of an afterlife. The Aramaic places the emphasis on the apostles who preached the gospel: “If through these [false pretenses] we have preached life eternal through the Messiah, then we [apostles] are the most miserable of all humanity.”</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8761" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:20">1 Corinthians 15:20 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The first part of the harvest is called the firstfruits. Jesus’ resurrection is the firstfruit of those who will be raised in resurrection power, never to die again.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8762" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:21">1 Corinthians 15:21 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.5.12" href="/passage/?search=Rom.5.12&version=TPT">Rom. 5:12-21 o </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8764" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:23">1 Corinthians 15:23 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “appearance” (Gr. <i>parousia</i>).</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8766" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:25">1 Corinthians 15:25 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8766" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:25">1 Corinthians 15:25 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.110.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.110.1&version=TPT">Ps. 110:1 r </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8767" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:26">1 Corinthians 15:26 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.20.14" href="/passage/?search=Rev.20.14&version=TPT">Rev. 20:14 s </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8768" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:27">1 Corinthians 15:27 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “under his [the Messiah’s] feet.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.8.6" href="/passage/?search=Ps.8.6&version=TPT">Ps. 8:6 t </a> .</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8769" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:28">1 Corinthians 15:28 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Christ and the Father are equally one. The work of the Son and the work of the Father may differ, but both will result in all evil being overcome on the earth and the kingdom being given to God.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8770" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:29">1 Corinthians 15:29 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is one of the most puzzling verses in all the New Testament. Bible scholars are divided over its meaning, with nearly two hundred interpretations offered. Paul is not condemning nor commending this practice, but merely using it as evidence that the hope of resurrection life after death for the believer is widely believed. Apparently, some believers were baptized in hopes of benefitting those who died before receiving baptism. This practice is not mentioned anywhere else in the Bible nor in other writings of the earliest church fathers.</span>


bookid: 1Cor
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-8772" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:31">1 Corinthians 15:31 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some translations render this “I die daily,” implying a dying to sin. Yet this is not in the context at all. Paul faces death day by day because of the danger of preaching the gospel in a hostile culture. He is not referring to dying to sin daily, for our death to sin took place on the cross. We died once and for all to sin. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.6.6" href="/passage/?search=Rom.6.6&version=TPT">Rom. 6:6-11 w </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.2.20" href="/passage/?search=Gal.2.20&version=TPT">Gal. 2:20 w </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-8772" title="Go to 1 Corinthians 15:31">1 Corinthians 15:31 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “I affirm [swear] by the act of boasting in you.” Paul uses a Greek particle that is reserved for taking an oath or swearing to the truth of a statement. This statement by Paul may contain an ellipsis that could be supplied by saying, “I swear by the confidence I have of your salvation <i>that I am confident also of a coming resurrection</i>.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10215" title="Go to Hebrews 12:13">Hebrews 12:13 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.35.3" href="/passage/?search=Isa.35.3&version=TPT">35:3 v </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.4.26" href="/passage/?search=Prov.4.26&version=TPT">Prov. 4:26 v </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10216" title="Go to Hebrews 12:14">Hebrews 12:14 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.34.14" href="/passage/?search=Ps.34.14&version=TPT">Ps. 34:14 w </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10216" title="Go to Hebrews 12:14">Hebrews 12:14 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “no man will see into the Lord.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10217" title="Go to Hebrews 12:15">Hebrews 12:15 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “resentment.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10219" title="Go to Hebrews 12:17">Hebrews 12:17 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “he found no place of restoration.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10220" title="Go to Hebrews 12:18">Hebrews 12:18 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. 19; Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.4.11" href="/passage/?search=Deut.4.11&version=TPT">4:11 a </a>  (LXX); Amos <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Amos.5.20" href="/passage/?search=Amos.5.20&version=TPT">5:20 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10221" title="Go to Hebrews 12:19">Hebrews 12:19 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the sound of words.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10223" title="Go to Hebrews 12:21">Hebrews 12:21 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.9.19" href="/passage/?search=Deut.9.19&version=TPT">9:19 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10224" title="Go to Hebrews 12:22">Hebrews 12:22 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek verb is in the perfect tense indicating that the fullness of our salvation and our entrance into God’s heavenly realm has already taken place. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.8.29" href="/passage/?search=Rom.8.29&version=TPT">Rom. 8:29 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.2.6" href="/passage/?search=Eph.2.6&version=TPT">Eph. 2:6 d </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.3.2" href="/passage/?search=Col.3.2&version=TPT">Col. 3:1-4 d </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10224" title="Go to Hebrews 12:22">Hebrews 12:22 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Mount Zion,” which is not a literal mountain but an obvious metaphor for the realm of God’s manifest presence. Mount Zion was once a Jebusite stronghold conquered by David (2 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Sam.5.6" href="/passage/?search=2Sam.5.6&version=TPT">5:6-9 e </a> ) who made it the capital for his kingdom. This is inside the walls of present-day Jerusalem. Zion is used in both the Old and New Testaments as more than a location. Zion is referred to as the place of God’s dwelling (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.9.11" href="/passage/?search=Ps.9.11&version=TPT">Pss. 9:11 e </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.48.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.48.1&version=TPT">48:1–2 e </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.74.2" href="/passage/?search=Ps.74.2&version=TPT">74:2 e </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.8.18" href="/passage/?search=Isa.8.18&version=TPT">8:18 e </a> ). God’s people are called “Zion maidens” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.11" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.11&version=TPT">Song. 3:11 e </a> ; Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.9.9" href="/passage/?search=Zech.9.9&version=TPT">9:9 e </a> ) or “people of Zion” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.12.15" href="/passage/?search=John.12.15&version=TPT">John 12:15 e </a> ). Zion is the heavenly realm where God is manifest (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.84.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.84.7&version=TPT">Pss. 84:7 e </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.102.16" href="/passage/?search=Ps.102.16&version=TPT">102:16 e </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.110.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.110.1&version=TPT">110:1–2 e </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.14.1" href="/passage/?search=Rev.14.1&version=TPT">Rev. 14:1 e </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10224" title="Go to Hebrews 12:22">Hebrews 12:22 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the fulfillment of Abraham’s vision (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.11.10" href="/passage/?search=Heb.11.10&version=TPT">Heb. 11:10 f </a> ) and what Israel’s ancestors had seen from afar (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.11.13" href="/passage/?search=Heb.11.13&version=TPT">Heb. 11:13 f </a> ). The New Jerusalem is not only a place, but a people who dwell with God in their midst. It is a city that is a bride or a bridal-city coming out of heaven to the earth (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.21.9" href="/passage/?search=Rev.21.9&version=TPT">Rev. 21:9-14 f </a> ). We are not going to the New Jerusalem; we are going to <i>be</i> the New Jerusalem! The breastplate worn by the high priest over his heart with its precious stones was a miniature scale model of the New Jerusalem. The New Jerusalem is the amplification of that breastplate, a metaphor of transformed sons with their names engraved upon the precious stones. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.21.2" href="/passage/?search=Rev.21.2&version=TPT">Rev. 21:2-4 f </a> . The Aramaic can be translated “You have already received communion on Mount Zion.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10224" title="Go to Hebrews 12:22">Hebrews 12:22 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.33.2" href="/passage/?search=Deut.33.2&version=TPT">33:2 g </a> ; Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.10" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.10&version=TPT">7:10 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jude.1.14" href="/passage/?search=Jude.1.14&version=TPT">Jude 14 g </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.5.11" href="/passage/?search=Rev.5.11&version=TPT">Rev. 5:11 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10224" title="Go to Hebrews 12:22">Hebrews 12:22 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is much more than an assembly of angels. The Greek word <i>panegyris</i> was used in classic Greek literature for civic festivals and celebrations which drew people from all parts of the empire and included all the various social classes. These were times of great joy and festivities with people wearing white robes and with garlands on their heads. (See Philo, <i>Gaius</i> 12; Isocrates, <i>Panegyricus</i> 43, 46.) This verse teaches that we have already entered into the festival of angelic bliss through Jesus Christ.</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10225" title="Go to Hebrews 12:23">Hebrews 12:23 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the Greek word <i>ekklesia,</i> which is commonly used for church. However, <i>ekklesia</i> means more than a church meeting, for it signified in Greek culture the governing assembly which had the authority to make decisions for the entire city. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.16.18" href="/passage/?search=Matt.16.18&version=TPT">Matt. 16:18 i </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10225" title="Go to Hebrews 12:23">Hebrews 12:23 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is Jesus who is God’s uniquely Firstborn (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.1.6" href="/passage/?search=Heb.1.6&version=TPT">Heb. 1:6 j </a> ). In Christ we are all the first-born and have all the rights and blessings that Jesus has.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10225" title="Go to Hebrews 12:23">Hebrews 12:23 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “whose names are written in heaven.” There are many books in heaven. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.32.32" href="/passage/?search=Exod.32.32&version=TPT">32:32 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.69.28" href="/passage/?search=Ps.69.28&version=TPT">Pss. 69:28 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.87.6" href="/passage/?search=Ps.87.6&version=TPT">87:6 k </a> ; Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.12.1" href="/passage/?search=Dan.12.1&version=TPT">12:1 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.10.20" href="/passage/?search=Luke.10.20&version=TPT">Luke 10:20 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.4.3" href="/passage/?search=Phil.4.3&version=TPT">Phil. 4:3 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.3.5" href="/passage/?search=Rev.3.5&version=TPT">Rev. 3:5 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.13.8" href="/passage/?search=Rev.13.8&version=TPT">13:8 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.17.8" href="/passage/?search=Rev.17.8&version=TPT">17:8 k </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.20.12" href="/passage/?search=Rev.20.12&version=TPT">20:12 k </a> ,15; 21:27.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10225" title="Go to Hebrews 12:23">Hebrews 12:23 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “and to the Spirit who has perfected the righteous ones.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10226" title="Go to Hebrews 12:24">Hebrews 12:24 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.4.10" href="/passage/?search=Gen.4.10&version=TPT">4:10 m </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10227" title="Go to Hebrews 12:25">Hebrews 12:25 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “don’t turn your back on the speaker.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10227" title="Go to Hebrews 12:25">Hebrews 12:25 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is somewhat ambiguous with the possibility that it is Moses or even Christ who is speaking. The context seems to imply however that it is God himself who speaks both from Sinai and from heaven.</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10228" title="Go to Hebrews 12:26">Hebrews 12:26 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “earth.” Although earthquakes are prophesied to come (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.24.7" href="/passage/?search=Matt.24.7&version=TPT">Matt. 24:7 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.13.8" href="/passage/?search=Mark.13.8&version=TPT">Mark 13:8 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.21.11" href="/passage/?search=Luke.21.11&version=TPT">Luke 21:11 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.8.5" href="/passage/?search=Rev.8.5&version=TPT">Rev. 8:5 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.11.13" href="/passage/?search=Rev.11.13&version=TPT">11:13 p </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.11.19" href="/passage/?search=Rev.11.19&version=TPT">19 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.16.18" href="/passage/?search=Rev.16.18&version=TPT">16:18 p </a> ) the prophet is most likely using a metaphoric term for the world’s systems (finance, military, governments, religious, etc.). The message of the gospel has shaken the world’s foundations as it includes an unshakeable kingdom rising on the earth. Kings of the earth have placed their crowns down before the cross of a Man who was crucified as a common criminal. The power of the gospel is still shaking the world.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10228" title="Go to Hebrews 12:26">Hebrews 12:26 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is not God’s power or throne being shaken, but invisible forces of darkness in the heavenly realm. See Hag. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hag.2.6" href="/passage/?search=Hag.2.6&version=TPT">2:6 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.6.12" href="/passage/?search=Eph.6.12&version=TPT">Eph. 6:12 q </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10229" title="Go to Hebrews 12:27">Hebrews 12:27 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “things that have been made.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10230" title="Go to Hebrews 12:28">Hebrews 12:28 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>paralambano</i> is often used in classical Greek literature for heirs who have the “rights of succession” (to a throne). (See Aristotle, <i>Pol.</i> 3.14.12; Herodotus, 2.120.)</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10230" title="Go to Hebrews 12:28">Hebrews 12:28 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.18" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.18&version=TPT">7:18 t </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10230" title="Go to Hebrews 12:28">Hebrews 12:28 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “offer pleasing service to God.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10230" title="Go to Hebrews 12:28">Hebrews 12:28 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “We have received grace to serve and we please God in awe and tender devotion” (submission).</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10231" title="Go to Hebrews 12:29">Hebrews 12:29 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “consuming light.” See also Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.4.24" href="/passage/?search=Deut.4.24&version=TPT">4:24 w </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.9.3" href="/passage/?search=Deut.9.3&version=TPT">9:3 w </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10233" title="Go to Hebrews 13:2">Hebrews 13:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “for this is how you are worthy to receive angels while awake.” See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.25.35" href="/passage/?search=Matt.25.35&version=TPT">Matt. 25:35 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10234" title="Go to Hebrews 13:3">Hebrews 13:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “as if you were people who wear their bodies” (vulnerable to their pain).</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10236" title="Go to Hebrews 13:5">Hebrews 13:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “hand” as translated from the Aramaic. See also Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.31.6" href="/passage/?search=Deut.31.6&version=TPT">31:6 c </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.31.8" href="/passage/?search=Deut.31.8&version=TPT">8 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10237" title="Go to Hebrews 13:6">Hebrews 13:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.118.6" href="/passage/?search=Ps.118.6&version=TPT">Ps. 118:6-7 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10238" title="Go to Hebrews 13:7">Hebrews 13:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “consider the outcome [spiritual fruit] of the way they lived.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10239" title="Go to Hebrews 13:8">Hebrews 13:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Jesus the Messiah is the fulfillment of yesterday, today, and forever.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10240" title="Go to Hebrews 13:9">Hebrews 13:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “ceremonial foods.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10242" title="Go to Hebrews 13:11">Hebrews 13:11 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.16.14" href="/passage/?search=Lev.16.14&version=TPT">16:14 h </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.16.27" href="/passage/?search=Lev.16.27&version=TPT">27 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10244" title="Go to Hebrews 13:13">Hebrews 13:13 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “carry his insults” or “endure the abuse he suffered.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10245" title="Go to Hebrews 13:14">Hebrews 13:14 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the city that is intended.” The Aramaic can be translated “the city which is anxiously awaited.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10246" title="Go to Hebrews 13:15">Hebrews 13:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “the fruit of” our lips.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10246" title="Go to Hebrews 13:15">Hebrews 13:15 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.50.14" href="/passage/?search=Ps.50.14&version=TPT">Ps. 50:14 l </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.50.23" href="/passage/?search=Ps.50.23&version=TPT">23 l </a> .</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10247" title="Go to Hebrews 13:16">Hebrews 13:16 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10248" title="Go to Hebrews 13:17">Hebrews 13:17 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>agrypnein</i> is often used for staying awake through the night.</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10252" title="Go to Hebrews 13:21">Hebrews 13:21 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “beautiful.”</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10253" title="Go to Hebrews 13:22">Hebrews 13:22 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Heb
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10255" title="Go to Hebrews 13:24">Hebrews 13:24 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic has this sentence at the end, “The end of the letter to the Hebrews written from Italy.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10257" title="Go to James 1:1">James 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>James is actually the Hebrew name Jacob, the name of the man who had twelve sons that formed the twelve tribes of Israel.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10257" title="Go to James 1:1">James 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic, which was the language spoken by Jesus and his disciples.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10259" title="Go to James 1:3">James 1:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “when faith passes the test.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10261" title="Go to James 1:5">James 1:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “with an open hand.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10263" title="Go to James 1:7">James 1:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “restless” or “disengaged.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10266" title="Go to James 1:11">James 1:11 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In the land of the Bible there were many deserts with arid land. The rainy season is quite short and the burning heat of the sun scorched the earth until the next season of rain arrived. We live in a constantly changing world with riches and beauty quickly fading. Our hope is set on things above.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10269" title="Go to James 1:14">James 1:14 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “hooked by the bait of evil from their own desires.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10272" title="Go to James 1:17">James 1:17 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “legacy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10272" title="Go to James 1:17">James 1:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word used here, <i>mshamlaita,</i> means “complete, wholesome, abundant, sufficient, enough, and perfect.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10272" title="Go to James 1:17">James 1:17 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus calls us the light of the world (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.5.14" href="/passage/?search=Matt.5.14&version=TPT">Matt. 5:14-16 j </a> ) and Paul describes believers as “shining lights” (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.2.15" href="/passage/?search=Phil.2.15&version=TPT">Phil. 2:15 j </a> ) in this world. God is our Father, he created angels but he brought us into new birth. The Greek word <i>anothen</i> (“from above”) is used by Jesus in describing to Nicodemus that we are born from above. We are lights born from above. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.7" href="/passage/?search=John.3.7&version=TPT">John 3:7 j </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10272" title="Go to James 1:17">James 1:17 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “shadow of turning.” The implication is there is nothing that you will find wrong with God, nothing in him that could even remotely appear to be evil hiding. The more you get to know him the more you realize how beautiful and holy he is.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10273" title="Go to James 1:18">James 1:18 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “God having decided gave us birth.” The comparison in this passage is striking. Sin gives birth to death, God from his pure desires gives us birth to bring him glory.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10273" title="Go to James 1:18">James 1:18 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “the word of the rainbow-sign.” That is, the unbreakable new covenant promises we have as new creatures in Christ.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10273" title="Go to James 1:18">James 1:18 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a kind of firstfruits of his creations” or “the pledge [down-payment] of a still further creation [a more complete harvest].”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10274" title="Go to James 1:19">James 1:19 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the Greek does not supply an object we are to listen to, it is obvious in the context that we should listen to one another, to God’s voice, and to his Word. May God give us listening hearts.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10275" title="Go to James 1:20">James 1:20 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “God’s righteousness will never attach itself to human anger.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10276" title="Go to James 1:21">James 1:21 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word used here can mean “demonic activities.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10276" title="Go to James 1:21">James 1:21 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “excesses of evil.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10276" title="Go to James 1:21">James 1:21 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Due to the Greek sentence construction, this clause may refer to what preceded it, “abandon . . . all forms of wicked conduct with a gentle [meek] heart.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10276" title="Go to James 1:21">James 1:21 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “save our souls.” The Greek uses the effective aorist active infinitive <i>s?sa?</i> (<i>sosai</i>) from <i>s???</i> (<i>sozo</i>) and could refer to the ultimate salvation of our souls (personality, emotions, thoughts) and/or our eternal salvation.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10277" title="Go to James 1:22">James 1:22 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “be a poet [doer] of the Word.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10278" title="Go to James 1:23">James 1:23 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “realizing his beginning [genesis] face” or “studying the face he was born with.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10279" title="Go to James 1:24">James 1:24 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>For the believer, seeing the man “in the mirror” is seeing how God sees us from the beginning, even before the fall of Adam which resulted in sin’s devastation to human hearts. The man in the mirror is the new creation man.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10279" title="Go to James 1:24">James 1:24 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “drift away from.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10280" title="Go to James 1:25">James 1:25 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is referred to as the “royal law of love” in 2:8 and the “law of liberty” in 2:12.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10280" title="Go to James 1:25">James 1:25 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.11.28" href="/passage/?search=Luke.11.28&version=TPT">Luke 11:28 z </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10281" title="Go to James 1:26">James 1:26 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “If one presumes to be religious but doesn’t guard his tongue, he deceives himself and his religion is useless.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10282" title="Go to James 1:27">James 1:27 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “True ministry.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10282" title="Go to James 1:27">James 1:27 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>orhpanos</i> means “the fatherless” or “the comfortless.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10283" title="Go to James 2:1">James 2:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Don’t be taken in by the face mask of people, but hold to the faith in the glory of our Lord Jesus the Messiah.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10285" title="Go to James 2:3">James 2:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “Sit on the floor before our footstool.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10287" title="Go to James 2:5">James 2:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for “chosen” is <i>eklegomai</i>, which is a form of <i>lego</i> (speak).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10287" title="Go to James 2:5">James 2:5 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1.27" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1.27&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1:27-28 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10288" title="Go to James 2:6">James 2:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.11.22" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.11.22&version=TPT">1 Cor. 11:22 e </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10289" title="Go to James 2:7">James 2:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the worthy name which was invoked over you (at your baptism).”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10290" title="Go to James 2:8">James 2:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is a royal law because it is given by our King, but since he has made us kings and priests, it becomes the royal law of love given to his royal sons and daughters who are heirs with him.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10290" title="Go to James 2:8">James 2:8 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.19.18" href="/passage/?search=Lev.19.18&version=TPT">19:18 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.19.19" href="/passage/?search=Matt.19.19&version=TPT">Matt. 19:19 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.22.39" href="/passage/?search=Matt.22.39&version=TPT">22:39 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.12.31" href="/passage/?search=Mark.12.31&version=TPT">Mark 12:31 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.10.27" href="/passage/?search=Luke.10.27&version=TPT">Luke 10:27 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.13.9" href="/passage/?search=Rom.13.9&version=TPT">Rom. 13:9 h </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.5.14" href="/passage/?search=Gal.5.14&version=TPT">Gal. 5:14 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10293" title="Go to James 2:11">James 2:11 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.20.13" href="/passage/?search=Exod.20.13&version=TPT">20:13-14 i </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10295" title="Go to James 2:13">James 2:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Mercy triumphs over judgment.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10299" title="Go to James 2:17">James 2:17 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “dead (fruitless).” See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.2.20" href="/passage/?search=Jas.2.20&version=TPT">v. 20 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10300" title="Go to James 2:18">James 2:18 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Many scholars conclude that the ambiguity of the Greek text makes this the most difficult verse in all of James and perhaps in all of the New Testament to translate.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10301" title="Go to James 2:19">James 2:19 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “that God is one,” which is the Jewish <i>Shema?</i> (see Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.6.4" href="/passage/?search=Deut.6.4&version=TPT">6:4 m </a> ).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10301" title="Go to James 2:19">James 2:19 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “they writhe on their bellies in the dirt!”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10302" title="Go to James 2:20">James 2:20 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “O empty man.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10305" title="Go to James 2:23">James 2:23 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Abraham’s faith was credited to his account for righteousness.” See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.15.6" href="/passage/?search=Gen.15.6&version=TPT">15:6 p </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10305" title="Go to James 2:23">James 2:23 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. Although the Greek text is most often translated “friend of God,” the Greek word <i>philos</i> can also be used as the love that bonds friends together. See also 2 Chron. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Chr.20.7" href="/passage/?search=2Chr.20.7&version=TPT">20:7 q </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.41.18" href="/passage/?search=Isa.41.18&version=TPT">41:18 q </a> ; Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.3.35" href="/passage/?search=Dan.3.35&version=TPT">3:35 q </a>  (LXX).</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10307" title="Go to James 2:25">James 2:25 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Josh. 2.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10313" title="Go to James 3:5">James 3:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “boasts of great things.” The Aramaic can be translated “the tongue has dominion.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10314" title="Go to James 3:6">James 3:6 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Latin Vulgate. The Greek is “a world of wrongdoing.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10314" title="Go to James 3:6">James 3:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is possible that the body James refers to here is the body of believers (a local church).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10314" title="Go to James 3:6">James 3:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “is set ablaze by gehenna [hell].” The Aramaic does not mention <i>gehenna</i> but is simply “burns with fire.” Gehenna is taken from the concept of “The Valley of Hinnom” where rubbish was burned outside the city of Jerusalem, becoming a Hebrew metaphor for the fires of hell.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10314" title="Go to James 3:6">James 3:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “a fire that passes through successive generations, rolling on like wheels.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10315" title="Go to James 3:7">James 3:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the Greek and made explicit in the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10317" title="Go to James 3:9">James 3:9 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts have “Lord and Father.” The Aramaic can be translated “Lord God (<i>MarYah</i>, the Aramaic equivalent to Yahweh).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10317" title="Go to James 3:9">James 3:9 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “we curse a person and pretend to be God!”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10319" title="Go to James 3:11">James 3:11 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10320" title="Go to James 3:13">James 3:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10322" title="Go to James 3:15">James 3:15 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “unspiritual.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10322" title="Go to James 3:15">James 3:15 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “behaves like a demon.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10323" title="Go to James 3:16">James 3:16 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for jealousy implies an obsession to promote one’s self at the expense of others.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10323" title="Go to James 3:16">James 3:16 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “chaos.” The Greek can be translated “instability” or “disorder.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10324" title="Go to James 3:17">James 3:17 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “holy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10324" title="Go to James 3:17">James 3:17 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A beautiful concept that means “easy to correct” or “ready to be convinced” or “willing to yield to others.” Is this true of your life?</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10324" title="Go to James 3:17">James 3:17 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “mercy.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10324" title="Go to James 3:17">James 3:17 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “never wears a mask.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10327" title="Go to James 4:2">James 4:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “kill,” however, the Greek words for “kill” and “envy” are almost the same.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10328" title="Go to James 4:3">James 4:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word for corrupt motives is <i>kakos</i> and can be translated “sick,” or “sickly.” James is exhorting us not to pray “sickly prayers.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10330" title="Go to James 4:5">James 4:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although it is difficult to find a verse from the Old Testament that reads exactly how James quotes it, the possibility remains that it becomes a general statement of what the Bible teaches, or even a quotation from an older translation not available today. We must always realize that the Holy Spirit pursues us relentlessly and takes it very personally when we turn from him to pursue friendship with the world.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10331" title="Go to James 4:6">James 4:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “he gives us a greater gift” or “the grace [favor] he gives us is stronger.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10331" title="Go to James 4:6">James 4:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.3.34" href="/passage/?search=Prov.3.34&version=TPT">Prov. 3:34 e </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10333" title="Go to James 4:8">James 4:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic can be translated “and he will be touching you.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10333" title="Go to James 4:8">James 4:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “you double-minded.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10334" title="Go to James 4:9">James 4:9 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10336" title="Go to James 4:11">James 4:11 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “speak against.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10336" title="Go to James 4:11">James 4:11 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See also Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.19.18" href="/passage/?search=Lev.19.18&version=TPT">19:18 j </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.4.8" href="/passage/?search=Jas.4.8&version=TPT">James 4:8 j </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10336" title="Go to James 4:11">James 4:11 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to be a judge of the law.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10336" title="Go to James 4:11">James 4:11 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the argument James makes to refrain from being a judge of the law.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10343" title="Go to James 5:1">James 5:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word can refer to demonic torment.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10346" title="Go to James 5:4">James 5:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the reapers” (of your fields).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10346" title="Go to James 5:4">James 5:4 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “those who worked in your fields.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10346" title="Go to James 5:4">James 5:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Lord Sabaoth.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10348" title="Go to James 5:6">James 5:6 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the righteous one,” a possible reference to the death of Jesus.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10348" title="Go to James 5:6">James 5:6 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “will not (God) resist you?”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10349" title="Go to James 5:7">James 5:7 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the abstract Greek word <i>parousia</i> which can mean “arrival, presence, becoming manifest, appearing.” <i>Parousia</i> is taken from the present participle <i>pareina</i> a compound word of <i>para</i> (beside) and <i>einai</i> (to be seen, made visible). It has little to do with distance or space, but with becoming visible, such as an uncovering or revealing what is nearby. It is commonly used for the return of our Lord Jesus Christ.</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10350" title="Go to James 5:8">James 5:8 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “near at hand.” The Greek word <i>engizo</i> is taken from the word <i>eggus</i>, which means to take by the hand, to throttle, or to hold the reins. (See <i>Strong’s Concordance</i>, Gr. 1448 and 1451.)</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10351" title="Go to James 5:9">James 5:9 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “don’t blame others” (for your troubles).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10351" title="Go to James 5:9">James 5:9 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “at the gate.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10352" title="Go to James 5:10">James 5:10 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “receive.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10352" title="Go to James 5:10">James 5:10 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, by the Lord’s authority. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.5.14" href="/passage/?search=Jas.5.14&version=TPT">v. 14 l </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10353" title="Go to James 5:11">James 5:11 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “we regard them as blessed.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10353" title="Go to James 5:11">James 5:11 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.6" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.6&version=TPT">34:6 n </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.86.15" href="/passage/?search=Ps.86.15&version=TPT">Ps. 86:15 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10354" title="Go to James 5:12">James 5:12 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.5.34" href="/passage/?search=Matt.5.34&version=TPT">Matt. 5:34 o </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10354" title="Go to James 5:12">James 5:12 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Greek manuscripts read “stumble into hypocrisy,” while others have, “stumble into judgment.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10355" title="Go to James 5:13">James 5:13 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Luke <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.18.1" href="/passage/?search=Luke.18.1&version=TPT">18:1 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.14.14" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.14.14&version=TPT">1 Cor. 14:14-15 q </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10355" title="Go to James 5:13">James 5:13 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “pluck the strings of a harp” or “sing a psalm.”</span>


bookid: Jas
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-10357" title="Go to James 5:15">James 5:15 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the claim of faith.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10357" title="Go to James 5:15">James 5:15 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is not the Greek usually used for sickness or disease. The word <i>kamno</i> can also mean “those who are weary and worn down,” and in the context could possibly refer to believers who have been arguing with each other, leaving them spiritually weak.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10357" title="Go to James 5:15">James 5:15 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, restore them to health. This could be a subtle hint of a resurrection.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10357" title="Go to James 5:15">James 5:15 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “doer of sin.” There is a clear implication in this passage that the sickness (weakness) referred to is the result of sin. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.11.18" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.11.18&version=TPT">1 Cor. 11:18-32 v </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-10357" title="Go to James 5:15">James 5:15 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This may be speaking of the church elders who are forgiving the arguing believers and restoring them back into fellowship.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1642" title="Go to Psalm 106:30">Psalm 106:30 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is implicit information found in the story of Phineas (Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.25.7" href="/passage/?search=Num.25.7&version=TPT">25:7-9 a </a> ).</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1644" title="Go to Psalm 106:32">Psalm 106:32 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word used here is <i>Meribah</i>, the Hebrew word for “strife” (Num. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Num.20.1" href="/passage/?search=Num.20.1&version=TPT">20:1-13 b </a> ).</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1706" title="Go to Psalm 108:7">Psalm 108:7 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew includes two geographical places in the text: Shechem and Succoth. Shechem is where Jacob (Israel) first bought title to the land, paying one hundred pieces of silver for the place where he camped. Succoth is another place where Jacob temporarily camped in the Land of Promise. These two places speak of God being the one who brought them in and portioned out the land for his people.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1707" title="Go to Psalm 108:10">Psalm 108:10 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><i>Edom</i> is a variant form of the word <i>Adam</i>.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1714" title="Go to Psalm 109:4">Psalm 109:4 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In the face of accusation and slander, David says literally in Hebrew, “I am prayer!”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1728" title="Go to Psalm 109:21">Psalm 109:21 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text states, “for your name’s sake.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1739" title="Go to Psalm 110:1">Psalm 110:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This psalm is applied to Christ in the New Testament, where it is quoted more often than any other Old Testament passage.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-1739" title="Go to Psalm 110:1">Psalm 110:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “at my right hand.” The right hand is the position of authority and honor.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-1739" title="Go to Psalm 110:1">Psalm 110:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A footstool symbolizes what is subdued. It is taken from the root word “to subdue.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1742" title="Go to Psalm 110:4">Psalm 110:4 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text includes the word <i>Melchizedek</i>, the name of a Canaanite king and priest over the Jebusite kingdom that later became Jerusalem. The name Melchizedek means “my king of righteousness.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1743" title="Go to Psalm 110:5">Psalm 110:5 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word used here for “Lord” is <i>Adonai</i> or <i>Adonay</i>. It is the plural form of <i>Adhon</i>. Jesus is called Lord of lords, and we are the lords that he is Lord over. We are seated at his right hand (Benjamin) to rule with him.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1766" title="Go to Psalm 113:1">Psalm 113:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.113-Ps.114" href="/passage/?search=Ps.113-Ps.114&version=TPT">Ps. 113–114 a </a>  were sung before the meal, during the Jewish family’s celebration of Passover, while <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.115-Ps.118" href="/passage/?search=Ps.115-Ps.118&version=TPT">Ps. 115–118 a </a>  were sung after the meal (see <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.14.26" href="/passage/?search=Mark.14.26&version=TPT">Mark 14:26 a </a> ).</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1776" title="Go to Psalm 114:2">Psalm 114:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or <i>Judah</i>, which means “praise.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1778" title="Go to Psalm 114:4">Psalm 114:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The literal Hebrew states, “Mountains skipped like rams, the hills like lambs.” This does not mean they skipped with joy, but shook with fear, as the context reveals.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1787" title="Go to Psalm 115:5">Psalm 115:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Referring to the idols, the literal Hebrew could be translated “With mouths, but they cannot speak; with eyes, but they cannot see; with ears, but they cannot hear; with noses, but they cannot smell; with hands, but they cannot feel; with feet, but they cannot walk. Those who make them will become like them and everyone who trusts in them.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1794" title="Go to Psalm 115:16">Psalm 115:16 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Adam’s sons.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1804" title="Go to Psalm 116:9">Psalm 116:9 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1814" title="Go to Psalm 117:1">Psalm 117:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word for “praise” is taken from the word <i>shine</i>.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1815" title="Go to Psalm 117:2">Psalm 117:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Yah is not an abbreviated form of Yahweh; it is the name of God as he displays his power. Yahweh is found 6,830 times in the Hebrew text, and Yah is found 49 times.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1816" title="Go to Psalm 118:1">Psalm 118:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is the psalm or hymn that Jesus likely sang after the Passover supper with his disciples, before making his way to Gethsemane and Calvary.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1829" title="Go to Psalm 118:15">Psalm 118:15 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “in the tents of the righteous.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1836" title="Go to Psalm 118:22">Psalm 118:22 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The words “capstone of the arch” can also be translated “the head of the corner.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1843" title="Go to Psalm 119:1">Psalm 119:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This psalm is an acrostic poem, a mathematical masterpiece. It consists of twenty-two stanzas of eight lines each. Each stanza begins with the same Hebrew letter at the beginning of every one of its eight lines, going in succession, by strophes, from <i>alef</i>—the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as the first letter of each line in the first strophe—to <i>taw</i>—the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as the first letter of each line in the last strophe. Like the eight lines of each stanza, there are eight Hebrew words, all synonyms, used to refer to the word of God. Although many believe Ezra wrote <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.119" href="/passage/?search=Ps.119&version=TPT">Ps. 119 a </a> , the acrostic poetic style is unique to King David within the book of Psalms, which points to his authorship of this psalm.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-1843" title="Go to Psalm 119:1">Psalm 119:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “perfection.” The Hebrew reads “utterances.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1853" title="Go to Psalm 119:11">Psalm 119:11 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1879" title="Go to Psalm 119:37">Psalm 119:37 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Two Masoretic manuscripts and the Dead Sea Scrolls read “Preserve my life according to your word.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-1982" title="Go to Psalm 119:140">Psalm 119:140 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint and implied in the Hebrew.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2019" title="Go to Psalm 120:1">Psalm 120:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'><a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.120-Ps.134" href="/passage/?search=Ps.120-Ps.134&version=TPT">Ps. 120–134 a </a>  all begin with the words “A song to take you higher” or “A song of ascent” or “A song of the stairway.” It is likely these fifteen songs were sung on the fifteen steps that would take the worshiper into the temple. On each step they would stop to worship and sing the corresponding psalm as they went up higher into the worship of God. Others believe they were the songs sung as David brought up the ark of glory to Jerusalem. They are also known as Songs of Degrees or Songs of Ascent. One Hebrew manuscript titles them “Songs of the Homeward Marches.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2023" title="Go to Psalm 120:5">Psalm 120:5 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text includes the word <i>Meshech</i>, which is a foreign land. The meaning of the word <i>Meshech</i> is “to scatter” and may refer to ancient Persia.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2023" title="Go to Psalm 120:5">Psalm 120:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text includes the word <i>Kedar</i>, who was one of Ishmael’s sons, whose descendants became a wandering group of nomads. <i>Kedar</i> means a dark place. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.1.5" href="/passage/?search=Song.1.5&version=TPT">Song 1:5 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2033" title="Go to Psalm 122:1">Psalm 122:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>David wrote this song for the people to sing for the feasts. It was sung when the worshipers entered the gates of the city Jerusalem.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2035" title="Go to Psalm 122:3">Psalm 122:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase “a city bound together” is taken from a root word that means “joined, united, coupled.” By inference in the context, it is the city where God dwells and man worships.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2060" title="Go to Psalm 126:5">Psalm 126:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sow their seeds with tears.” A sower weeps when he sows his precious seed while his children are hungry. This is a picture of sacrificing what little we have for the harvest to come.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2065" title="Go to Psalm 127:4">Psalm 127:4 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text refers to children as “arrows in the hands of a warrior.” Our children will be our future protection and provision. So the more the merrier!</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2066" title="Go to Psalm 127:5">Psalm 127:5 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew includes a reference to “speaking with your enemies at the gate.” This is in the context of children being God’s way of blessing parents in their old age.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2080" title="Go to Psalm 129:8">Psalm 129:8 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In the Jewish culture, if you passed by one who was harvesting his crops, you would shout out, “The Lord bless you!”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2090" title="Go to Psalm 131:2">Psalm 131:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>“Like a contented child” is literally “like a weaned child.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2091" title="Go to Psalm 131:3">Psalm 131:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “O Israel.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2096" title="Go to Psalm 132:5">Psalm 132:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Historically, this refers to David wanting to bring the ark of glory back to Jerusalem.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2097" title="Go to Psalm 132:6">Psalm 132:6 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the Hebrew text does not have the word <i>ark</i> but simply <i>it</i>, the translator supplies the word <i>ark</i> from its reference in verse 8. For the sake of understanding the text, the translator has substituted <i>Ephrathah</i> for <i>Bethlehem</i> (Ephrathah was the ancient name for Bethlehem) and <i>Jaar</i> for <i>Kiriath-Jearim</i> (“the fields of Jaar” was a variant form for Kiriath-Jearim, which means “the city of forests”).</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2109" title="Go to Psalm 132:18">Psalm 132:18 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew reads “His crown will sparkle and gleam.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2111" title="Go to Psalm 133:2">Psalm 133:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “running down the collar of his robe.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2131" title="Go to Psalm 135:16">Psalm 135:16 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Referring to the idols, the Hebrew could be translated “with mouths, but they cannot speak; with eyes, but they cannot see; with ears, but they cannot hear.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2132" title="Go to Psalm 135:19">Psalm 135:19 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Aaron means “light-bringer” or “light-bearer.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2133" title="Go to Psalm 135:20">Psalm 135:20 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “all the family of Levi.” Levi represents the holy priesthood.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2133" title="Go to Psalm 135:20">Psalm 135:20 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “those who fear him.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2139" title="Go to Psalm 136:5">Psalm 136:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.104.24" href="/passage/?search=Ps.104.24&version=TPT">Ps. 104:24 a </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.8.27" href="/passage/?search=Prov.8.27&version=TPT">Prov. 8:27-31 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2154" title="Go to Psalm 136:20">Psalm 136:20 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Og means giant.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2167" title="Go to Psalm 137:7">Psalm 137:7 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text reads “Strip her [Jerusalem] naked!’”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2170" title="Go to Psalm 138:1">Psalm 138:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “gods.” The Hebrew <i>elohim</i> is literally “mighty ones” and can refer to either angels or the gods of the heathen.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2181" title="Go to Psalm 139:5">Psalm 139:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “You hem me in [lit., “beseige me”] before and behind.” The implication is that God protects him from what may come in the future and what has happened in the past.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2182" title="Go to Psalm 139:6">Psalm 139:6 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. The Hebrew reads “too high to understand.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2185" title="Go to Psalm 139:9">Psalm 139:9 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the Hebrew, which states, “the remote parts of the sea” or “beyond the horizon to the west.” The sea is west of Israel.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2189" title="Go to Psalm 139:13">Psalm 139:13 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word for “knit” or “wove” can also be translated “to cover” or “to defend.” God places an eternal spirit inside the conceived child within the womb of a mother and covers that life, sends the child a guardian angel, and watches over him or her.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2191" title="Go to Psalm 139:15">Psalm 139:15 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text is literally “the depths of the earth.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2191" title="Go to Psalm 139:15">Psalm 139:15 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “embroidered me.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2192" title="Go to Psalm 139:16">Psalm 139:16 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew could be translated “as an embryo.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2192" title="Go to Psalm 139:16">Psalm 139:16 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.69.28" href="/passage/?search=Ps.69.28&version=TPT">Ps. 69:28 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2213" title="Go to Psalm 141:3">Psalm 141:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint reads “Set a fortress door before my lips.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2215" title="Go to Psalm 141:5">Psalm 141:5 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is one of most difficult verses to translate, with scholars divided over the meaning of the Hebrew text. Another translation could be “Don’t let the oil of the wicked anoint my head, for I pray continually against their wickedness.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2216" title="Go to Psalm 141:6">Psalm 141:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See 2 Chron. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Chr.25.12" href="/passage/?search=2Chr.25.12&version=TPT">25:12 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2228" title="Go to Psalm 143:1">Psalm 143:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2240" title="Go to Psalm 144:1">Psalm 144:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. Put yourself in David’s place as he faced a giant named Goliath. Imagine how he felt as you read through this psalm.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2266" title="Go to Psalm 145:13">Psalm 145:13 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The last two lines of this verse are only found in one reliable Hebrew manuscript and in the Septuagint. It could also be translated “All your works are very holy.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2275" title="Go to Psalm 146:1">Psalm 146:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.146-Ps.150" href="/passage/?search=Ps.146-Ps.150&version=TPT">Pss. 146–150 a </a>  are called “Hallelujah Psalms” because they all begin in Hebrew with the words “Hallelujah, praise the Lord.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2291" title="Go to Psalm 147:8">Psalm 147:8 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2297" title="Go to Psalm 147:14">Psalm 147:14 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He makes peace your borders” (LXX).</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2307" title="Go to Psalm 148:4">Psalm 148:4 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Poetic implication in the text. The literal Hebrew reads “the waters above the sky.”</span>


bookid: Ps
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2316" title="Go to Psalm 149:1">Psalm 149:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a spontaneous song.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2330" title="Go to Proverbs 1:1">Proverbs 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As stated in the introduction, the Hebrew word for “proverbs” means more than just a wise saying. It can also mean “to rule, to reign in power, to take dominion.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2330" title="Go to Proverbs 1:1">Proverbs 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Solomon means “peaceable.” There is a greater one than Solomon who gives peace to all of his followers. His name is Jesus. Solomon was the seed of David; we are the seed of Jesus Christ. Solomon had an encounter with God after asking for a discerning heart (1 Kings <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Kgs.3.5" href="/passage/?search=1Kgs.3.5&version=TPT">3:5-14 b </a> ). This pleased God, so he gave Solomon wisdom, riches, and power. God is ready to impart these same things today to those who ask him. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.1.5" href="/passage/?search=Jas.1.5&version=TPT">James 1:5-8 b </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2331" title="Go to Proverbs 1:2">Proverbs 1:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There are six Hebrew words translated “wisdom” in the book of Proverbs. Some of them require an entire phrase in English to convey the meaning. The word used here is <i>chokmah</i>, and it is used in Proverbs forty-two times. Forty-two is the number of months Jesus ministered and the number of generations from Abraham to Christ listed in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.1" href="/passage/?search=Matt.1&version=TPT">Matt. 1 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2332" title="Go to Proverbs 1:3">Proverbs 1:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated “wisdom” here also means “righteousness.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2336" title="Go to Proverbs 1:7">Proverbs 1:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Many translations render this “the fear of the Lord.” This is much more than the English concept of fear. It also implies submission, awe, worship, and reverence. The Hebrew word used here is found fourteen times in Proverbs. The number fourteen represents spiritual perfection. The number fourteen is mentioned three times in the genealogy of Jesus (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.1.1-Matt.1.17" href="/passage/?search=Matt.1.1-Matt.1.17&version=TPT">Matt. 1:1-17 e </a> ). It is also the number for Passover. You will pass from darkness to wisdom’s light by the “fear” of the Lord.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2336" title="Go to Proverbs 1:7">Proverbs 1:7 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “foolish ones.” There are three Hebrew words translated “fool” in Proverbs and another six that are related to a fool or foolish acts. A fool is described in Proverbs as one who hates true wisdom and correction, with no desire to acquire revelation knowledge.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2337" title="Go to Proverbs 1:8">Proverbs 1:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Many expositors see this verse as the words of David to Solomon, yet we all must give heed to this. The words of our father (God) and our mother (the church, the freewoman) will bring us wisdom. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.4.21" href="/passage/?search=Gal.4.21&version=TPT">Gal. 4:21-31 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2338" title="Go to Proverbs 1:9">Proverbs 1:9 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text here is literally translated “adornment for your head, chains for your neck.” The head is a metaphor for our thoughts, the neck a symbol for willing obedience that guides our decisions, in contrast to being stiff-necked or proud. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Phil.2.5" href="/passage/?search=Phil.2.5&version=TPT">Phil. 2:5 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2350" title="Go to Proverbs 1:21">Proverbs 1:21 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally translated, this verse reads “Wisdom sings out in the streets and speaks her voice in the squares, crying out at the head of noisy crowds and at the entrance of the city gates.” This is a parabolic statement of wisdom being heard everywhere and in every place.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2351" title="Go to Proverbs 1:22">Proverbs 1:22 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Childish ones, how long will you love your childishness?”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2358" title="Go to Proverbs 1:29">Proverbs 1:29 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word used here can be translated “fear, dread, awe, and worship.” Nearly every translation uses the word <i>fear</i> or <i>reverence</i> while ignoring the other aspects of the Aramaic word, <i>dekhlatha</i>. The New Testament is clear that there is no fear in love. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.4.18" href="/passage/?search=1John.4.18&version=TPT">1 John 4:18 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2361" title="Go to Proverbs 1:32">Proverbs 1:32 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “your abundant prosperity.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2364" title="Go to Proverbs 2:2">Proverbs 2:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2368" title="Go to Proverbs 2:6">Proverbs 2:6 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint adds “found in his presence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2369" title="Go to Proverbs 2:7">Proverbs 2:7 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the righteous.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2378" title="Go to Proverbs 2:17">Proverbs 2:17 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Clearly this is a warning to those who would commit adultery, but there is a deeper meaning within this text. Proverbs tells us of two women: the adulteress and the virtuous woman of <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.31" href="/passage/?search=Prov.31&version=TPT">Prov. 31 d </a> . Both women speak a parable of two systems in the church. One is religious and alluring, tempting the young anointed ones to come to her “bed” of compromise (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.7.13" href="/passage/?search=Mark.7.13&version=TPT">Mark 7:13 d </a> ). The other is the holy bride, virtuous and pure, keeping her first love (“wedding vows”) for Christ alone. Her “house” is the house of the Lord. One system brings shame and despair; the other brings favor, honor, and glory. It is wisdom that protects us from one and unites us to the other. See Jer. 50–52 and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.17-Rev.18" href="/passage/?search=Rev.17-Rev.18&version=TPT">Rev. 17–18 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2382" title="Go to Proverbs 2:21">Proverbs 2:21 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “shall dwell in the land.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2385" title="Go to Proverbs 3:3">Proverbs 3:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Tie them around your neck.” The neck is a symbol of our will and conscience.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2388" title="Go to Proverbs 3:6">Proverbs 3:6 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He will cut a straight path before you.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2388" title="Go to Proverbs 3:6">Proverbs 3:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We should always be willing to listen to correction and instruction.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2390" title="Go to Proverbs 3:8">Proverbs 3:8 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “healing to your navel and moistening to your bones.” The blood supply for a baby in the womb comes through the navel. New cells are made in the marrow of our bones. As the navel and bones picture the life flow of our bodies, so the navel and bones are a picture of our inner being. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.7.37" href="/passage/?search=John.7.37&version=TPT">John 7:37-39 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2391" title="Go to Proverbs 3:9">Proverbs 3:9 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the firstfruits.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2395" title="Go to Proverbs 3:13">Proverbs 3:13 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew-Aramaic text here implies that wisdom gives the ability to take raw facts and draw right conclusions and meaning from them.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2397" title="Go to Proverbs 3:15">Proverbs 3:15 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated as “gemstones” here can also refer to rubies, coral, or pearls.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2398" title="Go to Proverbs 3:16">Proverbs 3:16 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “honor.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2398" title="Go to Proverbs 3:16">Proverbs 3:16 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint adds this last sentence, which is not found in the Hebrew.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2399" title="Go to Proverbs 3:17">Proverbs 3:17 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated as “wholeness” here can also mean “peace” or “prosperity.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2400" title="Go to Proverbs 3:18">Proverbs 3:18 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Verses 17 and 18 are recited in contemporary Torah services as the Torah scroll is returned to the ark, where it is kept.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2401" title="Go to Proverbs 3:19">Proverbs 3:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>When compared with <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.1.16" href="/passage/?search=Col.1.16&version=TPT">Col. 1:16 l </a> , we can see that Wisdom is used as a title in Proverbs for the Living Wisdom, Jesus Christ. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1.30" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1.30&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1:30 l </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2402" title="Go to Proverbs 3:20">Proverbs 3:20 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The dew is a metaphor for the Holy Spirit, who comes from the heavens and drenches us with God’s presence. See Gen. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gen.27.28" href="/passage/?search=Gen.27.28&version=TPT">27:28 m </a> ; Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.32.2" href="/passage/?search=Deut.32.2&version=TPT">32:2 m </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.133.3" href="/passage/?search=Ps.133.3&version=TPT">Ps. 133:3 m </a> ; Judg. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Judg.6.37" href="/passage/?search=Judg.6.37&version=TPT">6:37-40 m </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2403" title="Go to Proverbs 3:21">Proverbs 3:21 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Like many Hebrew words, there are various possible translations. The word translated as “discernment” here can also mean “discretion, counsel, meditation, and purpose.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2404" title="Go to Proverbs 3:22">Proverbs 3:22 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Adorn your neck.” The neck is a picture of our will and conscience.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2407" title="Go to Proverbs 3:25">Proverbs 3:25 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Septuagint.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2408" title="Go to Proverbs 3:26">Proverbs 3:26 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “keeping your foot from being caught.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2409" title="Go to Proverbs 3:27">Proverbs 3:27 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint is “Why would withhold from the poor [those who need it]?”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2409" title="Go to Proverbs 3:27">Proverbs 3:27 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew text here literally means “Do not withhold wealth from its owners.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.13.7" href="/passage/?search=Rom.13.7&version=TPT">Rom. 13:7 s </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2411" title="Go to Proverbs 3:29">Proverbs 3:29 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “plot evil.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2412" title="Go to Proverbs 3:30">Proverbs 3:30 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rom.12.18" href="/passage/?search=Rom.12.18&version=TPT">Rom. 12:18 u </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2414" title="Go to Proverbs 3:32">Proverbs 3:32 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.25.14" href="/passage/?search=Ps.25.14&version=TPT">Ps. 25:14 v </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2416" title="Go to Proverbs 3:34">Proverbs 3:34 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.4.6" href="/passage/?search=Jas.4.6&version=TPT">James 4:6 w </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Pet.5.5" href="/passage/?search=1Pet.5.5&version=TPT">1 Peter 5:5 w </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2418" title="Go to Proverbs 4:1">Proverbs 4:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Read and study this entire chapter as though it were Jesus Christ speaking to you. He is the everlasting Father and we are called his sons. See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.9.6" href="/passage/?search=Isa.9.6&version=TPT">9:6-7 a </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.21.6" href="/passage/?search=Rev.21.6&version=TPT">Rev. 21:6-7 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2419" title="Go to Proverbs 4:2">Proverbs 4:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “Torah.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2420" title="Go to Proverbs 4:3">Proverbs 4:3 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.17.5" href="/passage/?search=Matt.17.5&version=TPT">Matt. 17:5 c </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.3.35" href="/passage/?search=John.3.35&version=TPT">John 3:35 c </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2420" title="Go to Proverbs 4:3">Proverbs 4:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “unique.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.1-Luke.2" href="/passage/?search=Luke.1-Luke.2&version=TPT">Luke 1–2 d </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2421" title="Go to Proverbs 4:4">Proverbs 4:4 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The lessons of wisdom are meant to be passed on from parents to children.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2423" title="Go to Proverbs 4:6">Proverbs 4:6 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is not enough to acquire wisdom; we must love her and listen wholeheartedly to her instruction.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2425" title="Go to Proverbs 4:8">Proverbs 4:8 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint says, “Build a fort for wisdom and she will lift you high.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2426" title="Go to Proverbs 4:9">Proverbs 4:9 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “She will place a garland of grace on your head and a crown of beauty upon you.” A garland and a crown are metaphors for what is awarded a victor in a race. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.9.24" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.9.24&version=TPT">1 Cor. 9:24 h </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2426" title="Go to Proverbs 4:9">Proverbs 4:9 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “wisdom’s laurel of glory shielding you.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2430" title="Go to Proverbs 4:13">Proverbs 4:13 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Wisdom will correct us and adjust our hearts to discipline. We must embrace the corrections of wisdom in order to mature spiritually.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2434" title="Go to Proverbs 4:17">Proverbs 4:17 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “violence.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2435" title="Go to Proverbs 4:18">Proverbs 4:18 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the glow of sunlight.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2438" title="Go to Proverbs 4:21">Proverbs 4:21 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.3.16" href="/passage/?search=Col.3.16&version=TPT">Col. 3:16 m </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2439" title="Go to Proverbs 4:22">Proverbs 4:22 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Discover my words.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2440" title="Go to Proverbs 4:23">Proverbs 4:23 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word l<i>evav</i> is the most common word for “heart.” It includes our thoughts, our will, our discernment, and our affections.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2442" title="Go to Proverbs 4:25">Proverbs 4:25 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the text. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.12.1-Heb.12.2" href="/passage/?search=Heb.12.1-Heb.12.2&version=TPT">Heb. 12:1-2 p </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2447" title="Go to Proverbs 5:3">Proverbs 5:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Some Jewish expositors view this “promiscuous woman” as a metaphor for heresy. She seduces, deceives, and drags to hell. For the believer, the promiscuous woman can be a picture of the false anointing of the religious spirit that attempts to seduce us, weaken our message, and rob the anointing of God from our ministries. Of course, there is also a clear and dire warning for all to stay sexually pure or face the consequences.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2448" title="Go to Proverbs 5:4">Proverbs 5:4 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “bitter as wormwood.” See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.8.10" href="/passage/?search=Rev.8.10&version=TPT">Rev. 8:10-11 b </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2449" title="Go to Proverbs 5:5">Proverbs 5:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Sheol.” This is the Aramaic and Hebrew word for the place of the dead. The Greeks call it Hades. Sheol is not eternal; it will be destroyed. See Hos. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Hos.13.14" href="/passage/?search=Hos.13.14&version=TPT">13:14 c </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.20.4" href="/passage/?search=Rev.20.4&version=TPT">Rev. 20:4 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2453" title="Go to Proverbs 5:9">Proverbs 5:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would be the Devil, who torments the conscience as the result of this sin.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2454" title="Go to Proverbs 5:10">Proverbs 5:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “wealth.” This could also refer to spiritual strength and wealth.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2455" title="Go to Proverbs 5:11">Proverbs 5:11 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated as “groan” here is also used for the roar of a lion or the ocean’s roar.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2455" title="Go to Proverbs 5:11">Proverbs 5:11 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the context of the topic of sexual promiscuity. The Hebrew word here means “diseases.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2458" title="Go to Proverbs 5:14">Proverbs 5:14 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.8.1-John.8.11" href="/passage/?search=John.8.1-John.8.11&version=TPT">John 8:1-11 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2461" title="Go to Proverbs 5:17">Proverbs 5:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Because of the sudden change in the Hebrew text to the masculine gender (“stranger” or “another”), there is an inference that men having sex with men is forbidden, as well as sex with a woman who is not your wife.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2462" title="Go to Proverbs 5:18">Proverbs 5:18 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase used here includes the word <i>fountain</i>, which is an obvious metaphor for the sex act. The root word for <i>fountain</i> can also refer to the eyes. It may be a poetic subtlety that the eyes should only be on your wife, not on the nakedness of another. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.5.19" href="/passage/?search=Prov.5.19&version=TPT">v. 19 j </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2463" title="Go to Proverbs 5:19">Proverbs 5:19 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew includes a picturesque metaphor of the wife being like a “friendly deer and a favored filly.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2463" title="Go to Proverbs 5:19">Proverbs 5:19 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Septuagint reads “Let her share conversation with you.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2464" title="Go to Proverbs 5:20">Proverbs 5:20 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “breasts.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2470" title="Go to Proverbs 6:3">Proverbs 6:3 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is an implication in the Hebrew that the one whose loan was cosigned for is no longer a friend. The Hebrew word can also be translated “apostate.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2472" title="Go to Proverbs 6:5">Proverbs 6:5 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word means “trap.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2472" title="Go to Proverbs 6:5">Proverbs 6:5 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The life lesson to learn is that even when considering something that seems to be good, there may be unexpected consequences that should be considered before obligating yourself.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2478" title="Go to Proverbs 6:11">Proverbs 6:11 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “vagabond.” The Hebrew phrase here is literally translated “one who walks (away).”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2478" title="Go to Proverbs 6:11">Proverbs 6:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The life lesson from Solomon’s parable is this: the ant only lives six months yet stores more food than it will ever consume. We should learn the wisdom of preparing for the future and learn frugality in the present. Don’t put off for the future the preparations you should make today. Now is always better than later. Today is the day to choose what’s right and serve the Lord.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2479" title="Go to Proverbs 6:12">Proverbs 6:12 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated “wayward and lawless” is actually “a man of Belial.” This is a metaphor for a worthless man who worships other gods. The name Belial is found in numerous Dead Sea scrolls as a term for Satan.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2479" title="Go to Proverbs 6:12">Proverbs 6:12 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew gives a picture of those who “wink their eyes, shuffle their feet, and point their fingers.” This is a figure of speech for the devious ways of the wicked.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2481" title="Go to Proverbs 6:15">Proverbs 6:15 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The life lesson here is this: the clever and devious may look like they’re getting ahead in life, but their path guarantees destruction, with no one to help them out of it.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2482" title="Go to Proverbs 6:16">Proverbs 6:16 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The number seven is the number of fullness and completion. The poetic form here is stating that evil in its fullness is an abomination to God. The seven things are a description of the sin of man that stands in the temple of our bodies attempting to usurp God.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2485" title="Go to Proverbs 6:19">Proverbs 6:19 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “deception among brothers.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2486" title="Go to Proverbs 6:20">Proverbs 6:20 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>For the New Testament believer, our mother is the church, who nurtures us and feeds us life-giving words. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Gal.4.21" href="/passage/?search=Gal.4.21&version=TPT">Gal. 4:21-31 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2487" title="Go to Proverbs 6:21">Proverbs 6:21 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Bind their words on your heart and tie them around your neck.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2489" title="Go to Proverbs 6:23">Proverbs 6:23 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Torah.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2490" title="Go to Proverbs 6:24">Proverbs 6:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Don’t let her captivate you with her fluttering eyelids.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2491" title="Go to Proverbs 6:26">Proverbs 6:26 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Beg for a loaf of bread.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2491" title="Go to Proverbs 6:26">Proverbs 6:26 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase here is literally translated “She hunts for your precious soul.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2493" title="Go to Proverbs 6:28">Proverbs 6:28 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A picture of the lusts of the flesh.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2497" title="Go to Proverbs 6:32">Proverbs 6:32 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “The destroyer of his soul will do this.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2502" title="Go to Proverbs 7:2">Proverbs 7:2 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “like you would the pupil of your eye.” Literally “the little man of the eye,” which is a figure of speech for your most prized possession.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2503" title="Go to Proverbs 7:3">Proverbs 7:3 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Write them upon the tablets of your heart.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2509" title="Go to Proverbs 7:9">Proverbs 7:9 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied from verse 27.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2512" title="Go to Proverbs 7:12">Proverbs 7:12 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This parable not only warns against the obvious evils of adultery and immorality, but also serves as a warning to the anointed young men in ministry not to be seduced by the religious system. Wisdom looks from the window (revelation and insight—Ezek. 8) of her house (the true church of Jesus) and sees a young man (not fully mature—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1John.2.12" href="/passage/?search=1John.2.12&version=TPT">1 John 2:12-14 d </a> ) who has placed himself in the path of sin. This made him vulnerable to the seduction of the “harlot” system of a works-based religion that enticed him into her bed (partnership, covering, and ordination with her and her system—<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Rev.17-Rev.18" href="/passage/?search=Rev.17-Rev.18&version=TPT">Rev. 17–18 d </a> ) covered with Egyptian linens (Egypt is a picture of the world system that holds people in bondage). She is loud and stubborn (the old self-life never dealt with) and will not remain in her house (the true church of Jesus). She lives in the darkness of compromise and her ways are the ways of death. She doesn’t remain faithful to her husband (the Bridegroom-God). The two women of Proverbs are the harlot mentioned here and the virtuous woman found in chapter 31, who speak of two systems of worship. One is true and virtuous; the other is false and seductive.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2514" title="Go to Proverbs 7:14">Proverbs 7:14 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “offered peace offerings and paid my vows [in the temple].” This is a way of saying, “I have lots of meat left over from the sacrifices I’ve offered, enough for a great meal.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2515" title="Go to Proverbs 7:15">Proverbs 7:15 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Compared to Song <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.1" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.1&version=TPT">3:1 f </a> –<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Song.3.4" href="/passage/?search=Song.3.4&version=TPT">4 f </a> , this seems to be a parodic reversal of the Shulamite who goes out into the city to seek a man, and when she finds him, embraces him. This account of the harlot seems to be the converse of the theme of Song of Songs.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2517" title="Go to Proverbs 7:17">Proverbs 7:17 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although these spices are found in the sacred anointing oil, the adulteress (religious system) has only a false anointing, with no true power.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2520" title="Go to Proverbs 7:20">Proverbs 7:20 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He left with a bag of money and won’t be back until the new moon.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2521" title="Go to Proverbs 7:21">Proverbs 7:21 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This last sentence is arguably a difficult verse to translate, with many variant options. The Aramaic is “taken like a dog to captivity.” The Hebrew can be translated “bounding like a stag to a trap.” Other ancient Jewish commentaries refer to this portion as “rushing like a venomous snake to discipline the foolish one,” meaning that with the swiftness of a snake striking its prey, a fool lunges into his own destruction.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2525" title="Go to Proverbs 7:26">Proverbs 7:26 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is even more descriptive: “She has slain a multitude of mighty ones; they’ve all been killed by her.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2527" title="Go to Proverbs 8:1">Proverbs 8:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Wisdom is personified throughout the book of Proverbs. Lady Wisdom is a figure of speech for God himself, who invites us to receive the best way to live, the excellent and noble way of life found in Jesus Christ. Jesus is wisdom personified, for he was anointed with the Spirit of wisdom. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1.30" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1.30&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1:30 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Col.2.3" href="/passage/?search=Col.2.3&version=TPT">Col. 2:3 a </a> ; Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.11.1" href="/passage/?search=Isa.11.1&version=TPT">11:1-2 a </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2527" title="Go to Proverbs 8:1">Proverbs 8:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The church is also a gateway, the house of God, the portal to heaven, that Jesus calls a “city set on a hill.” Christ is the head of the church, where the wisdom of God is revealed. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1 b </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.3.10" href="/passage/?search=Eph.3.10&version=TPT">Eph. 3:10-12 b </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2527" title="Go to Proverbs 8:1">Proverbs 8:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>In chapter 7 it was the harlot calling out to the simple; here it is Lady Wisdom. True wisdom is easy to find—we only have to listen to her voice. Though it comes from above, it is found on street level. Creation and conscience are two voices that speak to our hearts. To discover wisdom we don’t need a brilliant intellect but a tender, attentive heart.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2530" title="Go to Proverbs 8:6">Proverbs 8:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word is literally translated as “princely” or “noble” things. The implication is that these words of wisdom are for ruling and reigning in life.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2535" title="Go to Proverbs 8:11">Proverbs 8:11 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “corals” or “pearls.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2536" title="Go to Proverbs 8:12">Proverbs 8:12 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “to discover clever inventions.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2539" title="Go to Proverbs 8:15">Proverbs 8:15 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We have been made kings and priestly rulers by the grace of redemption.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2540" title="Go to Proverbs 8:16">Proverbs 8:16 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from many Hebrew manuscripts and the Septuagint. Other Hebrew manuscripts have “and all nobles who govern justly.” The word <i>nobles</i> can also be translated “generous ones.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2541" title="Go to Proverbs 8:17">Proverbs 8:17 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Wisdom is not found by the halfhearted. One must love wisdom to gain it. A superficial desire will yield only a superficial knowledge.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2542" title="Go to Proverbs 8:18">Proverbs 8:18 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “riches and righteousness.” The phrase “a long, satisfying life” is from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2545" title="Go to Proverbs 8:21">Proverbs 8:21 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “I will leave great hope as an inheritance to my friends.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2546" title="Go to Proverbs 8:22">Proverbs 8:22 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic and the Septuagint read “The Lord created me at the beginning.” The Hebrew verb translated here as “possessed” has two basic meanings. One is “acquired,” the other is “created.” Poetically, it is a statement that the existence of Wisdom (Christ) was not independent of God at creation but was manifested and possessed by God as he created all things. Otherwise, it would sound like God was without wisdom before he created them.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2547" title="Go to Proverbs 8:23">Proverbs 8:23 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated “anointed” here literally means “poured out” and is often used to describe the anointing oil poured out over a king.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2548" title="Go to Proverbs 8:24">Proverbs 8:24 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew uses the word <i>kabad</i>, which means “glory,” in describing the fountains. It could also be translated “fountains of glory” or “glorious fountains.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2548" title="Go to Proverbs 8:24">Proverbs 8:24 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Many translation have “I was born [or brought forth].” The Hebrew word for “born” is taken from a word that means “to kick and twirl” or “to dance.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2554" title="Go to Proverbs 8:30">Proverbs 8:30 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.1.1" href="/passage/?search=John.1.1&version=TPT">John 1:1 p </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2554" title="Go to Proverbs 8:30">Proverbs 8:30 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “architect.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2554" title="Go to Proverbs 8:30">Proverbs 8:30 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew word translated here as “rejoicing” can also be translated as “joyfully playing” or “laughing.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2555" title="Go to Proverbs 8:31">Proverbs 8:31 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What a beautiful picture we find here of Wisdom (Christ), who finds his fulfillment in us. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.8.4" href="/passage/?search=Ps.8.4&version=TPT">Pss. 8:4-9 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.16.3" href="/passage/?search=Ps.16.3&version=TPT">16:3 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.2.10" href="/passage/?search=Eph.2.10&version=TPT">Eph. 2:10 s </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Eph.2.19" href="/passage/?search=Eph.2.19&version=TPT">19–22 s </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2558" title="Go to Proverbs 8:34">Proverbs 8:34 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Guard the door of my entrances.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2560" title="Go to Proverbs 8:36">Proverbs 8:36 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>To hate wisdom is not only a sign of stupidity, it is a mark of depravity.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2561" title="Go to Proverbs 9:1">Proverbs 9:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Lady Wisdom is a poetic personification representing Christ, the Wisdom of God (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Cor.1.30" href="/passage/?search=1Cor.1.30&version=TPT">1 Cor. 1:30 a </a> ). This is a classic form of a synecdoche. The Hebrew word <i>Chokmah</i> (“wisdom”) can also mean “sacred sense.” It is the understanding and insight given only by God.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2561" title="Go to Proverbs 9:1">Proverbs 9:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is a fascinating word play in the Hebrew text. The verb meaning “to build” and the word translated “son” come from the same root. “Build” is <i>banah</i> and “son” is <i>ben</i>. The house Wisdom is building is a son. You and I are sons of God who are being built into a spiritual house. There is also a verb in the Hebrew for “hewn” (as in stones). We are living stones raised up to be God’s temple. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.127.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.127.1&version=TPT">Ps. 127:1 b </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.3.5" href="/passage/?search=Heb.3.5&version=TPT">Heb. 3:5-6 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.7.24" href="/passage/?search=Matt.7.24&version=TPT">Matt. 7:24-27 b </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.16.18" href="/passage/?search=Matt.16.18&version=TPT">16:18 b </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2561" title="Go to Proverbs 9:1">Proverbs 9:1 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The seven pillars of wisdom (plural, “wisdoms”) point us to the seven days of creation, the seven spirits of God, and the seven components of heavenly wisdom given in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Jas.3.17" href="/passage/?search=Jas.3.17&version=TPT">James 3:17-18 c </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2562" title="Go to Proverbs 9:2">Proverbs 9:2 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The sacrifice points us to Calvary. Wisdom’s pillar is a cross. The Hebrew phrase here literally means “She has prepared her meat.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-2562" title="Go to Proverbs 9:2">Proverbs 9:2 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Wisdom’s feast will teach us the ways of God. We feed our hearts on revelation-truth that transforms us; then we implement with wise strategies the understanding we have learned at the feasting table.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2568" title="Go to Proverbs 9:8">Proverbs 9:8 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.141.5" href="/passage/?search=Ps.141.5&version=TPT">Ps. 141:5 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2570" title="Go to Proverbs 9:10">Proverbs 9:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Literally “holy ones.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2572" title="Go to Proverbs 9:12">Proverbs 9:12 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic adds here “The liar feeds on the wind and chases fantasies, for he has forsaken what is true to travel in a barren wilderness; forgetting the right paths, he leaves his own vineyard to walk with thirst and gather nothing.” The Septuagint adds here “If you forsake folly you will reign forever. Seek discretion and your understanding will bring you knowledge.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2575" title="Go to Proverbs 9:15">Proverbs 9:15 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “who are walking straight ahead on their paths.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2577" title="Go to Proverbs 9:17">Proverbs 9:17 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Hebrew phrase here literally means “Stolen waters are sweet, and bread eaten in secret is pleasant.” This is an obvious metaphor of finding sexual pleasure with someone other than your spouse and trying to get away with it. Finding pleasure in your relationship with your spouse is like drinking from a pure, clean fountain. But stolen water from someone else’s fountain is yielding to foolishness. Adultery is always sin.</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2578" title="Go to Proverbs 9:18">Proverbs 9:18 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Older Aramaic and Septuagint manuscripts add a verse here not found in the Hebrew: “But turn away; linger not in the place or even look at her. Don’t drink from a strange fountain. Abstain and drink not from an alien fountain, so that you will enjoy a long life.”</span>


bookid: Prov
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-2579" title="Go to Proverbs 10:1">Proverbs 10:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The title of this section starting with <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Prov.10" href="/passage/?search=Prov.10&version=TPT">Prov. 10 a </a>  indicates a different form. Solomon’s four hundred sayings of wisdom fill this section, going through 22:16. This compilation is an assorted collection of proverbs that is not easily outlined but is profound in its scope.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4272" title="Go to Matthew 26:29">Matthew 26:29 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>We are now in the realm of the kingdom of God. The Holy Spirit brings us into the body of Christ and into the reality of the kingdom of God. It is growing and increasing in scope, and every time believers drink of the cup of communion, Jesus is present with us. It is the Lord’s table, not ours. This was a prophecy of what would happen in just a matter of days from then, as believers would break bread together in remembrance of what Jesus did for them. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Acts.2.42" href="/passage/?search=Acts.2.42&version=TPT">Acts 2:42 r </a> . Jesus now drinks it with us in a new way, and not just once a year at Passover, but every time we worship him by taking communion.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4273" title="Go to Matthew 26:30">Matthew 26:30 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “a hymn.” The Aramaic is “They offered praise.” It was the custom after celebrating the Passover seder to conclude with singing one of the Hallel psalms (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.115-Ps.118" href="/passage/?search=Ps.115-Ps.118&version=TPT">Pss. 115–118 s </a> ).</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4274" title="Go to Matthew 26:31">Matthew 26:31 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.13.7" href="/passage/?search=Zech.13.7&version=TPT">13:7 t </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4275" title="Go to Matthew 26:32">Matthew 26:32 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4279" title="Go to Matthew 26:36">Matthew 26:36 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Gethsemane,” which means “oil press.” This was located on the lower slope of the Mount of Olives near the brook Kidron. King David left Jerusalem weeping as he crossed the Kidron Valley and went up the Mount of Olives (2 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Sam.15.23" href="/passage/?search=2Sam.15.23&version=TPT">15:23 v </a> ). Now the Son of David comes into that valley with great sorrow on his way into Jerusalem to be crucified. Kidron comes from the Hebrew verb <i>qadar</i>, which means “to grow dark” or “to mourn.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4280" title="Go to Matthew 26:37">Matthew 26:37 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Peter and the two sons of Zebedee.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4282" title="Go to Matthew 26:39">Matthew 26:39 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “If possible, take away this cup of suffering.” The cup becomes a metaphor of the great suffering that Jesus had to drink that night in the garden. However, Jesus was not asking the Father for a way around the cross. Rather, he was asking God to keep him alive through this night of suffering so that he could carry the cross and take away our sins. According to the prophecies of the Old Testament, Jesus was to be pierced on a cross. We learn from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.5.7" href="/passage/?search=Heb.5.7&version=TPT">Heb. 5:7 x </a>  that Jesus’ prayer was answered that night as the cup was indeed taken from him. An angel of God came to strengthen him and deliver him from premature death. The “cup” he was asking God to let pass from him was the cup of premature death that Satan was trying to make him drink in the garden, not the death he would experience the next day on the cross. He had already sweat drops of blood, but the prophecies had to be fulfilled of being pierced on a cross for our transgressions. God answered his cry and he lived through the agony of Gethsemane so that he could be our sacrifice for sin on Calvary. Jesus did not waver in the garden. We have a brave Savior.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4282" title="Go to Matthew 26:39">Matthew 26:39 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.22.43" href="/passage/?search=Luke.22.43&version=TPT">Luke 22:43 y </a> , which may be evidence of Luke having access to the Hebrew Matthew account.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4284" title="Go to Matthew 26:41">Matthew 26:41 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the flesh is failing.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4285" title="Go to Matthew 26:42">Matthew 26:42 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See the first footnote for <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.26.39" href="/passage/?search=Matt.26.39&version=TPT">v. 39 a </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.5.7" href="/passage/?search=Heb.5.7&version=TPT">Heb. 5:7 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4292" title="Go to Matthew 26:49">Matthew 26:49 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This would have been the customary kiss among the Jews of that day.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4293" title="Go to Matthew 26:50">Matthew 26:50 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4293" title="Go to Matthew 26:50">Matthew 26:50 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Do what you’ve come to do.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4294" title="Go to Matthew 26:51">Matthew 26:51 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>From <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.18.10" href="/passage/?search=John.18.10&version=TPT">John 18:10 e </a>  we learn that the disciple was Peter. Matthew, although knowing it was his friend Peter, kept him from any embarrassment by not naming him in his Gospel narrative.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4295" title="Go to Matthew 26:52">Matthew 26:52 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads, “Those who have taken up swords against me will all die by the sword.” The Aramaic is a prophecy that those armed men who came against Jesus in the garden that night would die by the sword.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4296" title="Go to Matthew 26:53">Matthew 26:53 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “twelve legions.” A legion was a detachment of six thousand Roman soldiers. Jesus could have called down seventy-two thousand angels to come to his aid. The number twelve was a reminder to the twelve disciples that God had more than enough protection for them all.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4300" title="Go to Matthew 26:57">Matthew 26:57 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “elders.” The supreme Jewish council (Sanhedrin) is made explicit in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.26.59" href="/passage/?search=Matt.26.59&version=TPT">v. 59 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4301" title="Go to Matthew 26:58">Matthew 26:58 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “temple ushers.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4302" title="Go to Matthew 26:59">Matthew 26:59 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Sanhedrin” (or Great Sanhedrin), which was a council of seventy men who were appointed to serve as the leadership of the Jewish community and the affairs of the temple.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4307" title="Go to Matthew 26:64">Matthew 26:64 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.110.2" href="/passage/?search=Ps.110.2&version=TPT">Ps. 110:2 k </a> ; Dan. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Dan.7.13" href="/passage/?search=Dan.7.13&version=TPT">7:13 k </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4316" title="Go to Matthew 26:73">Matthew 26:73 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Peter, being from Capernaum in Galilee, spoke the northern dialect of Aramaic, while the people of Jerusalem spoke the southern dialect (Chaldean).</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4322" title="Go to Matthew 27:4">Matthew 27:4 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word for “innocent,” <i>zakaia</i>, can also mean “victorious.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4325" title="Go to Matthew 27:7">Matthew 27:7 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the historical context. This was the field owned by a potter, used for making clay vessels.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4327" title="Go to Matthew 27:9">Matthew 27:9 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew. See Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.11.12" href="/passage/?search=Zech.11.12&version=TPT">11:12-13 c </a> . The Greek manuscripts incorrectly identify the prophecy as from Jeremiah. There is no clear prophecy found in Jeremiah that is quoted here by Matthew. The Aramaic reads simply, “spoken of by the prophet.” The Hebrew Matthew correctly states, “spoken through Zechariah.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4327" title="Go to Matthew 27:9">Matthew 27:9 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4328" title="Go to Matthew 27:10">Matthew 27:10 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “as the Lord directed me.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4334" title="Go to Matthew 27:16">Matthew 27:16 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew and a few Greek manuscripts. Most Greek texts have only Barabbas. The name Barabbas is Aramaic and means “son of a father” or “son who is like his father.” He becomes a picture of every son of Adam, our father. Some believe this is a figure of speech, a nickname for one who was born an illegitimate son, with no known father. The true Son of the Father was crucified that day.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4337" title="Go to Matthew 27:19">Matthew 27:19 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “sat on the judgment seat.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4337" title="Go to Matthew 27:19">Matthew 27:19 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4342" title="Go to Matthew 27:24">Matthew 27:24 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Deut. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Deut.21.6" href="/passage/?search=Deut.21.6&version=TPT">21:6-7 i </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4342" title="Go to Matthew 27:24">Matthew 27:24 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew and the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4342" title="Go to Matthew 27:24">Matthew 27:24 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “You do as you please!”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4350" title="Go to Matthew 27:32">Matthew 27:32 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “from Cyrene,” which is present-day Tripoli, Libya.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4351" title="Go to Matthew 27:33">Matthew 27:33 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic word <i>Golgotha</i> is, in Latin, <i>calvaria</i>, or Calvary. David brought Goliath’s head (Goliath and Golgotha are taken from the same root word) and buried it outside of Jerusalem. Some believe this is where it got its name, Golgotha (the place of the skull). The cross has to pierce the place of the skull for our minds to submit to the revelation of the cross.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4352" title="Go to Matthew 27:34">Matthew 27:34 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.69.21" href="/passage/?search=Ps.69.21&version=TPT">Ps. 69:21 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4355" title="Go to Matthew 27:37">Matthew 27:37 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.19.20" href="/passage/?search=John.19.20&version=TPT">John 19:20 o </a> . The sign was written in Aramaic, Latin, and Greek. Aramaic was the language of the common people in Israel. Hebrew ceased to be their spoken language after 450 BC, when the Jews returned from Babylon. Aramaic remained the language of Israel for nearly one thousand years. Latin was the official language of the Roman Empire. The inscription was also in Greek, for the Alexandrian Jews who had come to observe the Passover in Jerusalem would be unable to read Aramaic. The words were “Jesus, the Nazarene, King of the Jews.” The first letters of each of the four words written on the sign in Aramaic (Hebrew) were Y-H-W-H (<i>Y’shua Hanozri Wumelech a Yehudim</i>). To write these letters, YHWH (also known as the Tetragrammaton), was the Hebrew form of writing the sacred name “Yahweh.” No wonder the chief priests were so offended by this sign and insisted that Pilate change it. This was a sign given to Israel, for over Jesus’ head on the cross was written “Y-H-W-H! God, the Savior, bled to death for you.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4356" title="Go to Matthew 27:38">Matthew 27:38 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.53.12" href="/passage/?search=Isa.53.12&version=TPT">53:12 p </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4359" title="Go to Matthew 27:41">Matthew 27:41 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.22.17" href="/passage/?search=Ps.22.17&version=TPT">Pss. 22:17 q </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.109.25" href="/passage/?search=Ps.109.25&version=TPT">109:25 q </a> ; Lam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lam.2.15" href="/passage/?search=Lam.2.15&version=TPT">2:15 q </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4361" title="Go to Matthew 27:43">Matthew 27:43 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. See also <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.22.8" href="/passage/?search=Ps.22.8&version=TPT">Ps. 22:8 r </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4363" title="Go to Matthew 27:45">Matthew 27:45 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the land.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4364" title="Go to Matthew 27:46">Matthew 27:46 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The last words of Jesus were spoken in Aramaic. Every Greek text gives a transliteration of the Aramaic words and then translates them back into Greek.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4364" title="Go to Matthew 27:46">Matthew 27:46 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.22.1" href="/passage/?search=Ps.22.1&version=TPT">Pss. 22:1 u </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.42.9" href="/passage/?search=Ps.42.9&version=TPT">42:9 u </a> . The Aramaic can be translated “for this purpose you have spared me.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4367" title="Go to Matthew 27:49">Matthew 27:49 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>A few Greek manuscripts have an additional sentence: “A soldier took a lance and pierced him in the side and blood and water poured out.” It is not found in the Aramaic and many Greek texts of Matthew. If included, it would mean the soldier took Jesus’ life with his lance. However, Jesus said that no man could take his life from him. The evidence is compelling that it was not part of the original text, but was taken from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.19.34" href="/passage/?search=John.19.34&version=TPT">John 19:34 v </a>  and added here.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4368" title="Go to Matthew 27:50">Matthew 27:50 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.23.46" href="/passage/?search=Luke.23.46&version=TPT">Luke 23:46 w </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.19.30" href="/passage/?search=John.19.30&version=TPT">John 19:30 w </a>  to read the words he shouted out at death.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4371" title="Go to Matthew 27:53">Matthew 27:53 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic reads “after their rising.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4371" title="Go to Matthew 27:53">Matthew 27:53 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Perhaps one was Joseph, for he had asked that his bones be buried in the promised land. He saw a resurrection coming and didn’t want to be left out. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.11.22" href="/passage/?search=Heb.11.22&version=TPT">Heb. 11:22 y </a> . Jesus’ resurrection was so powerful that many were instantly raised back to life again along with him.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4375" title="Go to Matthew 27:57">Matthew 27:57 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. Ramah (formerly Ramathaim Zophim) was the village of Samuel, situated on a hill overlooking Jerusalem. The Greek is “Joseph of Arimathea.” Luke tells us that he was a member of the Sanhedrin. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.23.50" href="/passage/?search=Luke.23.50&version=TPT">Luke 23:50-51 z </a> . It is possible that Joseph may have lost a son the age of Jesus when Herod killed the infants.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4379" title="Go to Matthew 27:61">Matthew 27:61 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Hebrew Matthew. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.27.56" href="/passage/?search=Matt.27.56&version=TPT">v. 56 a </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Matt.28.1" href="/passage/?search=Matt.28.1&version=TPT">28:1 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4384" title="Go to Matthew 27:66">Matthew 27:66 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This official seal, if broken, would bring the death penalty to the offender.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4385" title="Go to Matthew 28:1">Matthew 28:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was Mary, the mother of Jacob and Joseph. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.16.1" href="/passage/?search=Mark.16.1&version=TPT">Mark 16:1 a </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.24.10" href="/passage/?search=Luke.24.10&version=TPT">Luke 24:10 a </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4386" title="Go to Matthew 28:2">Matthew 28:2 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “the angel of YHWH,” as translated from the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4388" title="Go to Matthew 28:6">Matthew 28:6 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4388" title="Go to Matthew 28:6">Matthew 28:6 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and some Greek texts.</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4389" title="Go to Matthew 28:7">Matthew 28:7 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “He is going ahead of you to Galilee and you will see him there. Behold, I have told you!”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4391" title="Go to Matthew 28:9">Matthew 28:9 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Be rejoicing!”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4392" title="Go to Matthew 28:10">Matthew 28:10 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What an incredible truth! Believers are now his brothers and sisters. See <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.2.11" href="/passage/?search=Heb.2.11&version=TPT">Heb. 2:11 g </a> .</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4400" title="Go to Matthew 28:18">Matthew 28:18 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>There is a sentence found in the Aramaic that is missing in all but one Greek manuscript, which reads, “As my Father has sent me, so I send you.”</span>


bookid: Matt
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4402" title="Go to Matthew 28:20">Matthew 28:20 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “keep” or “guard” (a fortress).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4402" title="Go to Matthew 28:20">Matthew 28:20 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “I am with you all the appointed days” (Variorum Version).</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4403" title="Go to Mark 1:1">Mark 1:1 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Aramaic is “the revelation of Jesus.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4403" title="Go to Mark 1:1">Mark 1:1 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although the words “Son of God” are missing from some Greek manuscripts, it is found in the Aramaic.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4404" title="Go to Mark 1:2">Mark 1:2 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This line is a quotation from Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.23.20" href="/passage/?search=Exod.23.20&version=TPT">23:20 c </a>  and Mal. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mal.3.1" href="/passage/?search=Mal.3.1&version=TPT">3:1 c </a> , where it is an “angel” (or “messenger”) that God sends before them.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4405" title="Go to Mark 1:3">Mark 1:3 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4405" title="Go to Mark 1:3">Mark 1:3 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Prepare the way for the Lord and make his beaten paths straight, level, and passable.” This “way” is not a road, but preparing the heart, making room for the ways of the Lord.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4405" title="Go to Mark 1:3">Mark 1:3 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Isa. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Isa.40.3" href="/passage/?search=Isa.40.3&version=TPT">40:3 f </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4406" title="Go to Mark 1:4">Mark 1:4 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>John was the son of Zechariah, a priest. As the son of a priest, John was qualified to serve in the temple but chose instead the lonely wilderness to begin his ministry of calling a nation to repentance and preparing the way for the Lord Jesus.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4406" title="Go to Mark 1:4">Mark 1:4 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, “an immersion that will bring a change of heart and lead you into repentance” for the complete cancellation of sins.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4407" title="Go to Mark 1:5">Mark 1:5 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Judea.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4408" title="Go to Mark 1:6">Mark 1:6 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>John was not afraid to violate religious taboos. A camel was considered unclean in the Jewish tradition. He was wearing what others considered to be unclean. Those who break loose of religious tradition will often appear to be undignified, as was John. His commission was to inaugurate a new way of living according to the truths of Jesus Christ and the Holy Spirit.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4408" title="Go to Mark 1:6">Mark 1:6 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This was considered to be the wardrobe of a prophet and was identical to what the prophet Elijah wore (2 Kings <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="2Kgs.1.8" href="/passage/?search=2Kgs.1.8&version=TPT">1:8 k </a> ; Zech. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Zech.13.4" href="/passage/?search=Zech.13.4&version=TPT">13:4 k </a> ). With a diet of locusts John points back to the four varieties of locusts mentioned in Joel <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Joel.1.4" href="/passage/?search=Joel.1.4&version=TPT">1:4 k </a> . Locusts (grasshoppers) are an emblem of intimidation that will keep believers from taking their inheritance by faith. Israel thought themselves to be like grasshoppers in their own eyes because of the intimidation of the fierce inhabitants of the land. John the Baptizer arrives on the scene and makes locusts his food, eating up that symbol of intimidation (devouring the devourer). And he drank honey, which is a biblical metaphor of the revelation of God’s Word that is sweeter than honey (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.19.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.19.7&version=TPT">Ps. 19:7-10 k </a> ). John’s ministry was a prophetic statement from God that a new day had come, a day of leaving dead formalism and embracing new life in Jesus without intimidation.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4411" title="Go to Mark 1:9">Mark 1:9 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>It is possible to translate the Aramaic as “Then one day Jesus came from victorious revelation” to be baptized by John. The word <i>Nazareth</i> can mean “victorious one,” and the word <i>Galilee</i> can be translated “the place of revelation.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4412" title="Go to Mark 1:10">Mark 1:10 m </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Lord Jesus was buried in baptism, symbolically into death (the Jordan) so that he might minister not in the natural way of men, but in the way of resurrection by the power of the Holy Spirit. The dove, an emblem of the Holy Spirit, pictures both meekness and purity. The implication is that the Holy Spirit came upon Jesus and never left him.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4413" title="Go to Mark 1:11">Mark 1:11 n </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Although not a direct quotation, the wording is similar to <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.2.7" href="/passage/?search=Ps.2.7&version=TPT">Ps. 2:7 n </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4414" title="Go to Mark 1:12">Mark 1:12 o </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “cast out [or “thrown,” or “pushed”] into the wilderness.” The Greek word <i>ekballei</i> is often used for driving out demons. This was a forceful compelling of the Holy Spirit.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4415" title="Go to Mark 1:13">Mark 1:13 p </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The “forty days” points to Moses, Elijah, and David, who were all great champions in Israel’s history. See Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.28" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.28&version=TPT">34:28 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.34.1" href="/passage/?search=Exod.34.1&version=TPT">1 p </a>  Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Sam.17.16" href="/passage/?search=1Sam.17.16&version=TPT">17:16 p </a> ; <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Sam.17.1" href="/passage/?search=1Sam.17.1&version=TPT">1 p </a>  Kings <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Kgs.19.8" href="/passage/?search=1Kgs.19.8&version=TPT">19:8 p </a> , <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Kgs.19.15" href="/passage/?search=1Kgs.19.15&version=TPT">15 p </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4415" title="Go to Mark 1:13">Mark 1:13 q </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Between <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.1.13" href="/passage/?search=Mark.1.13&version=TPT">vv. 13 q </a>  and <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Mark.1.14" href="/passage/?search=Mark.1.14&version=TPT">14 q </a>  there is an entire year of our Lord’s life that Mark skips over. Jesus spent most of that year in and around Jerusalem. The Gospel of John gives further details of that year in ch. 1.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4416" title="Go to Mark 1:14">Mark 1:14 r </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic and most Greek manuscripts.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4417" title="Go to Mark 1:15">Mark 1:15 s </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek is “believe the good news” (“the gospel”), and the Aramaic is “put your trust in the joyful message of hope.” This translation merges both concepts, making it “the hope-filled gospel.<i>”</i></span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4419" title="Go to Mark 1:17">Mark 1:17 t </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The metaphor of “fishers of men” simply means that they will persuade others and catch people for God.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4421" title="Go to Mark 1:19">Mark 1:19 u </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “James.” Other translations of the Bible substitute Jacob for James. Both Greek and Aramaic leave the Hebrew name as it is, Jacob. This translation will use the correct name, Jacob, throughout.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4421" title="Go to Mark 1:19">Mark 1:19 v </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Zebedee means “my gift.” Zebedee’s gift to Jesus was his sons. A wise father will always want his children to be given to Jesus.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4422" title="Go to Mark 1:20">Mark 1:20 w </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “James.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4422" title="Go to Mark 1:20">Mark 1:20 x </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>What a powerful effect Jesus had upon people! One encounter with the Son of God compelled these businessmen to leave their trade and follow Jesus. We learn from <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.5.10" href="/passage/?search=Luke.5.10&version=TPT">Luke 5:10 x </a>  that the family of Zebedee was in business together with Simon (Peter) and Andrew. They owned the boat and had a hired crew, which makes one think they were somewhat prosperous business owners, for commercial fishermen in the time of Jesus were usually wealthy.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4423" title="Go to Mark 1:21">Mark 1:21 y </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Capernaum means “the village of Nahum.” Nahum means “comforted.” Jesus did many miracles and made his Galilean base of ministry in “the village of the comforted.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4424" title="Go to Mark 1:22">Mark 1:22 z </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word used here, <i>ekplesso</i>, is a strong verb that means “awestruck, filled with amazement, astonished, panic stricken, something that takes your breath away (being hit with a blow), to be shocked, to expel, to drive out.” Clearly, Jesus spoke with such glory and power emanating from him that his words were like thunderbolts in their hearts. May we hear his words in the same way today.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4424" title="Go to Mark 1:22">Mark 1:22 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “scribes” (experts of the Law). Jesus taught from an inner knowledge of God and his Word, for his teaching emphasized obedience to God from the heart, not just outwardly keeping of laws.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4426" title="Go to Mark 1:24">Mark 1:24 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>As translated from the Aramaic. The Greek is “Jesus the Nazarene” (“Branch” or “Scion”).</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4426" title="Go to Mark 1:24">Mark 1:24 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The demon knew Jesus’ true identity before the people did. This is not so much a question (Have you come to destroy us?), but rather an assertive and defiant declaration. There is no question mark in the Greek text. The demonized man was apparently comfortable in the presence of the religious teachers, but when Jesus stepped into the room, he spoke out and couldn’t resist the power of Jesus.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4427" title="Go to Mark 1:25">Mark 1:25 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “muzzled.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4431" title="Go to Mark 1:29">Mark 1:29 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “James.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4434" title="Go to Mark 1:32">Mark 1:32 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Implied in the context.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4436" title="Go to Mark 1:34">Mark 1:34 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>kakos</i> is actually the word for “evil”; however, it is traditionally translated “sickness.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4436" title="Go to Mark 1:34">Mark 1:34 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Jesus wants <i>us</i> to proclaim who he is, not demons.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4443" title="Go to Mark 1:41">Mark 1:41 i </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This is an intense emotion. Some Greek manuscripts have “Jesus was moved with anger” (at the leprosy, not the man). However, the Aramaic is clearly “moved with compassion.” The two Aramaic words for “anger” and “compassion” are written almost identically. Perhaps both are correct. Jesus was deeply moved with compassion toward the man and angry at the disease.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4445" title="Go to Mark 1:43">Mark 1:43 j </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word <i>embrimaomai</i> can mean “to sternly give a warning”; however, in <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="John.11.33" href="/passage/?search=John.11.33&version=TPT">John 11:33 j </a>  it is translated “was deeply moved wtih tenderness and compassion.” The miracle of healing this leper had a profound effect on both Jesus and the man who was healed.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4446" title="Go to Mark 1:44">Mark 1:44 k </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>See Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.14.1" href="/passage/?search=Lev.14.1&version=TPT">14:1-32 k </a> . Normally, touching a leper would make a man unclean, but in this instance, the leper was healed and Jesus was not defiled.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4447" title="Go to Mark 1:45">Mark 1:45 l </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “preach.”</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4456" title="Go to Mark 2:9">Mark 2:9 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The answer to Jesus’ question is obvious. It is easy for anyone to say, “Your sins are forgiven,” for that cannot be proven. But if someone were to tell a paralyzed man to stand up, and he didn’t stand up, that would prove the person is a fraud. Jesus didn’t do the “easy thing” without accomplishing the hard thing, the miracle of healing. Forgiveness and healing both flow from Jesus Christ.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4459" title="Go to Mark 2:12">Mark 2:12 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The Greek word used here can also mean “shocked into wonderment” or “to be out of their minds” (with amazement). This event teaches us that salvation not only involves the forgiveness of our sins, but gives us the power to rise up and walk.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4461" title="Go to Mark 2:14">Mark 2:14 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The name Levi means “joined,” “united,” and Levi is the same person as Matthew, who wrote the Gospel bearing his name. Alphaeus means “changing.” It is obvious that Matthew’s allegiance is changing from being a servant of Rome to being joined to Jesus as his future apostle.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4463" title="Go to Mark 2:16">Mark 2:16 d </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>The word <i>Pharisees</i> means “separated ones.”</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4463" title="Go to Mark 2:16">Mark 2:16 e </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>These were Jews who worked for the Roman empire to collect taxes and were empowered by Rome to profit greatly by what they collected.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4470" title="Go to Mark 2:23">Mark 2:23 f </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Sabbath.” The Hebrew word for <i>Sabbath</i> comes from <i>shavat</i>, which is the verb “to rest.” What was designed to be a day of rest and intimacy with God and family was now complicated by a host of rules and traditions.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4473" title="Go to Mark 2:26">Mark 2:26 g </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>That is, the tabernacle. See 1 Sam. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="1Sam.21.1" href="/passage/?search=1Sam.21.1&version=TPT">21:1-6 g </a> . Ancient Jewish tradition states that David did this on a Sabbath day. See also Lev. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Lev.24.5" href="/passage/?search=Lev.24.5&version=TPT">24:5-9 g </a> .</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4473" title="Go to Mark 2:26">Mark 2:26 h </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “loaves of presentation.” See Ezek. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ezek.44.15" href="/passage/?search=Ezek.44.15&version=TPT">44:15-16 h </a> .</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4480" title="Go to Mark 3:5">Mark 3:5 a </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>This miracle is found in Matthew, Mark, and Luke. It contains valuable lessons for us today, for the hand symbolizes holding, giving, receiving, doing. It was his right hand (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Luke.6.6" href="/passage/?search=Luke.6.6&version=TPT">Luke 6:6 a </a> ), which brings the added significance of power (i.e., God’s right hand, Ex. <a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Exod.15.6" href="/passage/?search=Exod.15.6&version=TPT">15:6 a </a> ), pleasure (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.16.11" href="/passage/?search=Ps.16.11&version=TPT">Ps. 16:11 a </a> ), approval (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Heb.1.13" href="/passage/?search=Heb.1.13&version=TPT">Heb. 1:13 a </a> ), and righteousness (<a class="bibleref" data-bibleref="Ps.48.10" href="/passage/?search=Ps.48.10&version=TPT">Ps. 48:10 a </a> ). A crippled right hand points to the lack of all these things. Human beings are helpless before God, crippled in all our works. But the power of Jesus heals our limitations and brokenness. Religion cannot heal us, but Jesus can.</span>


bookid: Mark
contenido:
<a href="#en-TPT-4483" title="Go to Mark 3:8">Mark 3:8 b </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Edom.” Idumea was the region south of Beersheba, south and west of the Dead Sea, a territory of ancient Israel.</span> <br><br> <a href="#en-TPT-4483" title="Go to Mark 3:8">Mark 3:8 c </a>  <span class='footnote-text'>Or “Tyre and Sidon,” which are in modern-day Lebanon.</span>


